Advertisement
Advertisement
Paralleling gen-set controller
SW version 2.1, May 2016
Reference Guide
Copyright ©2015 ComAp a.s.
ComAp a.s.
Kundratka 17, 180 00 Praha 8, Czech Republic
Tel: +420 246 012 111, Fax: +420 266 316 647
E-mail:[email protected], www.comap.cz
Table of contents
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 2
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 3
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 4
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 5
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 6
1 Document information
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
InteliCompactNT® – Reference guide
Written by: Jan Tomandl, Revised by: Jan Donat, Jan Podlipny
©2013 ComAp a.s.
Kundratka 17, Praha 8, Czech Republic
Phone: +420246012111, fax: +420266316647
Web: HTTP :// WWW .
COMAP .
CZ , e-mail: [email protected]
D OCUMENT HISTORY
R EVISION NUMBER R ELATED SW .
VERSION
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.2.2
1.3.1
1.4
2.0
2.1
D ATE
30.05.2008
25.03.2009
22.10.2009
11.05.2010
28.11.2011
06.03.2013
30.4.2014
19.05.2016
This documentation is also available in electronic form as a Windows help file
InteliCompact-NT.chm
. The help can be opened from Windows Explorer or directly
from the LiteEdit menu bar (if a connection is established to an InteliCompact
NT controller).
Pressing F1 in the LiteEdit setpoint, values or configuration window will open the help
with the context of currently selected setpoint, value and binary input or output function.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 7
1.1 Clarification of notation
H INT
This type of paragraph points out details to help user installation/configuration.
N
OTE
:
This type of paragraph calls readers ’ attention to a notice or related theme.
C AUTION !
This type of paragraph highlights a procedure, adjustment, etc. which may cause damage or improper functioning of the equipment if not carried out correctly and may not be clear at first sight.
W ARNING !
This type of paragraph indicates things, procedures, adjustments, etc. which demand a high level of attention, otherwise personal injury or death may occur.
1.2 Conformity Declaration
The following described machine complies with the appropriate basic safety and health requirement of the EC Low Voltage Directive No: 73/23 / EEC and EC
Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336 / EEC based on its design and type, as brought into circulation by us.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 8
2 System overview
2.1 General description
InteliCompact NT (also IC-NT) Family controllers are comprehensive gen-set controllers for single and multiple generating sets operating in stand-by or parallel modes. A modular construction allows upgrades to different levels of complexity in order to provide the best solution for various customer applications. The controllers are equipped with a powerful graphic display showing icons, symbols and bar graphs for intuitive operation, which, together with its high level of functionality, sets new standards in Gen-set controls.
The key features are:
Easy-to-use operation and installation. The factory default configuration covers most applications
Various customizations are possible thanks to its configurability
Excellent remote communication capabilities
High level of support for EFI engines (most world producers)
High reliability
2.2 Configurability and monitoring
One of the key features of the controller is the system’s high level of adaptability to the needs of each individual application and wide possibilities for monitoring. This can be achieved by configuring and using the powerful ComAp PC/mobile tools.
Supported configuration and monitoring tools:
-
– complete configuration and single gen-set monitoring
-
– multiple site monitoring and setpoint setting
-
– special graphical monitoring software
-
– web-based system for monitoring and controlling o WebSupervisor mobile – supporting application for smartphones
N OTE :
Use the LiteEdit PC software to read, view and modify configuration from the controller or disk and
write the new configuration to the controller or disk.
The firmware of InteliCompact NT contains a large number of binary inputs and outputs needed for all necessary functions available. However, not all functions are required at the same time on the same gen-set and also the controller hardware does not have so many input and output terminals. One of the main tasks of the configuration is mapping of “logical” firmware inputs and outputs to the “physical” hardware inputs and outputs.
Configuration parts:
1. Mapping of logical binary inputs (functions)
or assigning alarms to physical binary input
terminals
2. Mapping of logical binary outputs (functions) to physical binary output terminals
3. Assigning sensor characteristics and alarms to analog inputs
4. Assigning control values and output characteristics to analog outputs
5. Selection of peripheral modules which are connected to the controller and doing the same as the above for them
6. Selection of ECU type if an ECU is connected
7. Changing the language of the controller interface
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 9
Physical input terminals
CONFIGURATION OF
BINARY INPUTS AND
OUTPUTS
“Logical” inputs
Main program (control loop)
“Logical” outputs
Alarm management
FIRMWARE
CONTROLLER
P RINCIPLE OF BINARY INPUTS AND OUTPUTS CONFIGURATION
Physical output terminals
The controller is shipped with a default configuration, which should be suitable for most standard applications
. This default configuration can be changed only by using a PC with the LiteEdit software.
See LiteEdit documentation for details.
N OTE :
You need one of communication modules
to connect the controller to a PC with LiteEdit . There is a
special easy removable service module for cases when no communication module is permanently attached.
Once the configuration is modified, it can be saved to a file for later usage with another controller or for backup purposes. The file is called archive and has the file extension .aic. An archive contains a full image of the controller at the time of saving (if the controller is online for the PC) except the firmware.
Besides configuration it also contains current adjustment of all setpoints, all measured values, a copy of the history log and a copy of the alarm list.
The archive can be simply used for cloning controllers, i.e. preparing controllers with identical configuration and settings.
2.2.1 LiteEdit
Configuration and monitoring tool for InteliCompact NT , InteliLite NT and other controllers. See more in
LiteEdit Reference Guide .
This tool provides the following functions:
- Direct, modem or internet communication with the controller
- Offline or online controller configuration
- Controller firmware upgrade
- Reading/writing/adjustment of setpoints
- Reading of measured values
- Browsing of controller history records
- Exporting data into a XLS file
- Controller language translation
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 10
2.2.2 InteliMonitor
PC Monitoring tool for Inteli controllers. See more in the
InteliMonitor Reference Guide .
This tool provides the following functions:
- Online monitoring of a controller or whole site
- Fully customizable SCADA diagram
- Reading/writing/adjustment of setpoints
- Reading of measured values
- Browsing of controller history records
2.2.3 WinScope
Special graphical controller monitoring software. See more in the WinScope Reference guide .
This tool provides the following functions:
- Monitoring and archiving of ComAp controller’s parameters and values
- View of actual/historic trends in controller
- Online change of controllers’ parameters for easy regulator setup
2.2.4 WebSupervisor
Web-based system for monitoring and controlling ComAp controllers. See more at the WebSupervisor webpage .
This tool provides the following functions:
- Site and fleet monitoring
- Reading of measured values
- Browsing of controller history records
- On-line notification of alarms
- E-mail notification
- Also available as a smartphone application
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 11
2.3 Applications overview
2.3.1 Single applications
The typical scheme of a single parallel to mains application is shown below. The controller controls two breakers – a mains breaker and a generator breaker. Feedback from both breakers is required.
3x
MCB
3x
GCB
3x
G
1
ECU
K4 K3
MCB GCB
MCB CLOSE/OPEN
GCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
InteliCompact
NT
SPtM
BI CAN1
AVRi
SG+
MCB
MCB FEEDBACK
GCB
GCB FEEDBACK
S INGLE PARALLEL TO MAINS APPLICATION
IG-AVRi
ECU
SPEED GOVERNOR
AVR
2.3.2 Multiple applications
The typical schemes are multiple island-parallel application without mains and multiple parallel application with mains. Both are shown below. The controller controls one breaker only, the generator breaker. Feedback from the generator breaker is required. For parallel to mains operation also mains breaker feedback is required.
3x
GCB
3x
G
1 ECU
K3
GCB
GCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
InteliCompact
NT
MINT
BI CAN2
AVRi
SG+
CAN1
SYS START/STOP
GCB
GCB FEEDBACK
GCB
3x
G
2 ECU
ECU
CAN
IG-AVRi
SPEED GOVERNOR
AVR
K3
START/STOP
GCB
GCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
InteliCompact
NT
MINT
BI
AVRi
CAN2
SG+
CAN1
SYS START/STOP
GCB
GCB FEEDBACK
I SLAND PARALLEL OPERATION WITHOUT MAINS
IG-AVRi
ECU
CAN
SPEED GOVERNOR
AVR
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 12
3x
MCB
3x
GCB
3x
G
1 ECU
K4
3Ph U
B
MCB
MCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
MainsCompact
NT
BI
CAN
K3
GCB
GCB
GCB
GCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
InteliCompact
NT
MINT
BI CAN2
AVRi
SG+
CAN1
GCB FEEDBACK
MCB FEEDBACK
SYS START/STOP
3x
G
2 ECU
ECU
CAN
IG-AVRi
SPEED GOVERNOR
AVR
REM START/STOP
K3
MCB
MCB FEEDBACK
GCB
GCB
GCB CLOSE/OPEN
BO
GCB FEEDBACK
MCB FEEDBACK
SYS START/STOP
InteliCompact
NT
MINT
BI CAN2
AVRi
SG+
CAN1
I SLAND PARALLEL OPERATION WITH AMF AND WITHOUT PARALLELING
IG-AVRi
ECU
CAN
SPEED GOVERNOR
AVR
2.4 True RMS measurement
This controller measures AC values based on the True RMS principle. This principle corresponds exactly to the physical definition of alternating voltage and current effective values. Under normal circumstances the mains voltage and current should have a pure sinusoidal waveform. However, some nonlinear elements connected to the mains produce harmonic waveforms with frequencies of multiples of the basic mains frequency and this may result in deformation of the voltage and/or current waveforms. The True RMS measurement gives accurate readings of effective values not only for pure sinusoidal waveforms, but also for deformed waveforms.
N OTE :
The harmonic deformation causes that the Power Factor of a generator working parallel with the mains cannot reach values in a certain range around the PF 1.00. The higher the deformation, the wider the power factor dead range. If the requested power factor is adjusted inside the dead range, the controller cannot reach the requested value because of this fact.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 13
3 Installation
3.1 Mounting
The controller is to be mounted onto the switchboard door. The requested cut-out size is 175x115 mm.
Use the screw holders delivered with the controller to fix the controller into the door as described in the pictures below. Recommended tightening torque is 0,15 – 0,2 Nm.
3.2 Package contents
The package contains:
Controller
Mounting holders
Terminal blocks
N OTE :
The package does not contain a communication module . The required module should be ordered
separately.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 14
3.3 Dimensions
185
168
29
47
58
InteliCompact NT
+ -
Mounting cutout size: 175 x 115 mm
N OTE :
The dimensions are in millimetres and are the same for both versions – SPTM and MINT.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 15
3.4 Terminal diagram
MINT
SP T M
3.5 General
To ensure proper function:
Use grounding terminals.
Wiring for binary inputs and analog inputs must not be run with power cables.
Analog and binary inputs should use shielded cables, especially when the length is more than
3 m.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 16
3.6 Wiring
Tightening torque, allowed wire size and type, for the Field-Wiring Terminals:
Based on terminal type:
1. PA256:
S PECIFIED TIGHTENING TORQUE 0.5 N M (4.4
I N LB )
2. 2EDGK:
S PECIFIED TIGHTENING TORQUE 0.4 N M (3.5
I N LB )
For field type terminals:
Use only diameter 2.0
–0.5 mm (12–26 AWG) conductor, rated for 75 °C minimum.
For Mains (Bus) Voltage and Generator Voltage terminals
Use only diameter 2.0-0.5 mm (12 –26 AWG) conductor, rated for 90 °C minimum.
Use copper conductors only.
3.7 Grounding
The shortest possible piece of wire should be used for controller grounding. Use cable min. 2.5 mm 2 .
A brass M4x10 screw with star washer securing ring type grounding terminal shall be used.
The negative “-” battery terminal must be properly grounded.
Switchboard and engine must be grounded at a common point. Use as short a cable as possible to the grounding point.
3.8 Power supply
To ensure proper function:
Use min. power supply cable of 1.5 mm 2
The maximum continuous DC power supply voltage is 36 V DC. The maximum allowable power supply voltage is 39 V DC. The InteliCompact’s power supply terminals are protected against large pulse power disturbances. When there is a potential risk of the controller being subjected to conditions outside its capabilities, an outside protection device should be used.
It is necessary to ensure that potential difference between the generator current COM terminal and the battery “-” terminal is maximum ± 2 V. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to interconnect these two terminals together.
H INT :
The InteliCompact NT controller should be grounded properly in order to protect against lighting strikes!!
The maximum allowable current through the controller’s negative terminal is 4A (this is dependent on binary output load).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 17
For connection with a 12 V DC power supply, the InteliCompact NT includes internal capacitors that allow the controller to continue operation during cranking if the battery voltage dip occurs. If the battery voltage is 10 V before the dip and it recovers to 7 V within 100 ms the controller continues operating.
During this voltage dip, the controller screen backlight may turn on and off but the controller keeps operating.
It is possible to further support the controller by connecting the external capacitor and separating diode or I-LBA module:
Starter
+
Relays
T1A D
+
Controller
+
-
C
+
12 VDC
Battery
The capacitor size depends on the required time. It shall be approximately in the thousands of microfarads.
The capacitor size should be 5000 microfarad to withstand a 150 ms voltage dip under the following conditions:
Voltage before dip is 12 V, after 150 ms the voltage recovers to the min. allowed voltage, i.e. 8 V.
H INT :
Before the battery is discharged the message "Low BackupBatt" appears.
Or by connecting a special I-LBA Low Battery Adaptor module:
Starter
+
Relays
T1A
+ +
+
Controller
-
-
+
12 VDC
Battery
The I-LBA module ensures a min. 350 ms voltage dip under following conditions:
Communication and extension plug-in modules are connected.
Voltage before dip is 12 V and after 350 ms the voltage recovers to the min. allowed voltage
5 V.
The I-LBA enables controller operation from 5 V DC (for 10 to 30 seconds).
The wiring resistance from the battery should be up to 0.1 Ω for proper function of the I-LBA.
H INT :
I-LBA may not eliminate voltage drop when used with the low temperature (-40 °C) version of the controller and the display heating element is on (below 5 °C). The current drain of the heating element exhausts LBA capacitors very fast.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 18
3.8.1 Power supply fusing
A one-amp fuse should be connected in line with the battery positive terminal to the controller and modules. These items should never be connected directly to the starting battery.
Fuse value and type depends on the number of connected devices and wire length.
The recommended fuse type (not fast) is T1A due to internal capacitors charging during power up.
+
IC-NT
-
T1A
+ -
Battery
HUGE
LOADS
STARTER
3.9 Voltage and current inputs
W ARNING !
Risk of personal injury due to electric shock when manipulating voltage terminals under voltage! Be sure the terminals are not under voltage before touching them.
W ARNING !
Do not open the secondary circuit of current transformers when the primary circuit is closed!!! Open the primary circuit first!
Use 1.5 mm 2 cables for voltage connection and 2.5 mm 2 for current transformers connection.
Adjust nominal voltage, nominal current, CT ratio and PT ratio by appropriate setpoints in the Basic
group. Learn about how to view and change setpoints in the User interface chapter.
V OLTAGE MEASUREMENT WIRING
A)
G
L3
N
L1
L2
N L1 L2
GENERATOR
L3 N L1 L2
MAINS / BUS
L3
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 19
B)
G
C)
G
L3
N
L1
L2
N L1 L2
GENERATOR
L3 N L1 L2
MAINS / BUS
L3
L1
L2
L3
D)
G
N L1 L2
GENERATOR
L3 N L1 L2
MAINS / BUS
L3
L1
N
Wiring to be used with IC-NT-
MINT-MonoPhase or IC-NT-
SPTM-MonoPhase archive for
Mono or Single Phase applications.
N L1 L2
GENERATOR
L3
C URRENT MEASUREMENT WIRING
E)
K L k l G
K L k l
N L1 L2
MAINS / BUS
L3
L1
L2
K L k l
L3
L1 L2 L3
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 20
N OTE :
I T IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THAT THE POTENTIAL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE GENERATOR CURRENT COM
TERMINAL AND THE BATTERY
“-”
TERMINAL IS MAXIMUM
± 2V.
T HEREFORE , IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO
INTERCONNECT THESE TWO TERMINALS TOGETHER .
C AUTION :
W HEN YOU ARE USING I NTELI C OMPACT
NT HW VERSION 1.3
OR NEWER IT IS NECESSARY TO UPGRADE THE
FIRMWARE TO IC-NT-1.4.3
OR NEWER .
Since HW version 1.3 the InteliCompact NT measures current with reversed polarity. It is not recommended to switch wiring at the current transformer side. To fix this error use FW IC-NT-1.4.3 or newer.
3.10 Speed measurement
The engine speed can be measured either from the generator frequency or from a magnetic pickup. If
an EFI engine is configured, the engine speed is obtained from the ECU.
3.10.1 Pickup
A magnetic speed sensor (pickup) is the most common method of engine speed measurement. To use this method, mount the pickup opposite to the engine flywheel, connect the cable to the controller
as shown on the picture below and adjust the setpoint Gear Teeth according to the number of teeth on
the flywheel.
See the chapter Technical data for details about the pickup input parameters.
Pickup
Charging alternator
W
D+ (L)
T2A
+ -
RPM measurement from the pickup.
D+ terminal from the charging alternator can be used as additional signal for detection of running engine.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 21
3.10.2 Generator frequency
the generator frequency. Connect the W terminal from the charging alternator instead of the pickup, if possible. See picture below.
D+ (L)
Charging alternator
W
T2A
+ -
RPM is measured from generator frequency.
D+ and W terminals from the charging alternator can be used as additional signals for detection of running engine.
3.10.3 Additional running engine indication
It is helpful to have information other than speed (RPM), whether the engine is rotating or not, especially if RPM is measured from the generator frequency instead of magnetic pickup. The generator frequency measurement can be unreliable at very low speeds and/or may have a delayed reaction to sudden and big changes (i.e. in the moment that the engine has just started …).
The following conditions are evaluated as additional running engine indication:
Voltage on the D+ input is higher than 80% of battery voltage. Connect this input to the D+ (L)
terminal of the charging alternator and enable the D+ function by the setpoint D+ Function . If
D+ terminal is not available, leave the input unconnected and disable the function.
The pickup is not used and frequency is detected on the pickup input. Connect the pickup input to the W terminal of the charging alternator if you do not use pickup and the W terminal is available. If not, leave the input unconnected.
N OTE :
alternator nominal frequency, adjust the setpoint to the frequency obtained from following equation: 𝑓 cutoff
= 𝑓 nom
∙ (
"𝑆𝑡𝑎𝑟𝑡𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑅𝑃𝑀"
"𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑃𝑀"
)
If you do not know the charging alternator nominal frequency, follow this procedure:
1) Make sure that the starting accumulator is fully charged.
2) Close a fuel valve manually to disable the engine from being started.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 22
3) Connect a PC with LiteEdit to the controller and display "Values" window, group "Engine", value
4) Select MAN mode and press the Start button to crank the gen-set. Make a note about the W terminal frequency while the gen-set is cranking.
5) Press the Stop button to stop cranking.
6) Adjust the setpoint Start W Freq to a value twice that which you measured during cranking.
Oil pressure > Starting Oil P setpoint. The oil pressure is evaluated from the analog input 1 or
from the ECU if an ECU is configured.
At least one phase of generator voltage is >20% of nominal voltage.
These signals are used during start for powering down the starter motor even if still no RPM is measured and also during stop in order to evaluate if the engine is really stopped.
3.11 Binary inputs
Use min. 1 mm 2 cables for wiring of binary inputs.
N OTE :
The name and function or alarm type for each binary input have to be assigned during the
To the microprocessor
4k7
+ -
W IRING OF BINARY INPUTS
3.12 Binary outputs
Use min. 1 mm 2 cables for wiring of binary outputs. Use external relays as indicated on the schematic below for all outputs except those where low-current loads are connected (signalization etc...).
N OTE :
The function of each output has to be assigned during configuration .
C AUTION !
Use suppression diodes on all relays and other inductive loads!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 23
From the microprocessor
+ -
W IRING OF BINARY OUTPUTS
N OTE :
Outputs can provide steady current of up to 2A. Every single binary output can provide up to 0.5A of steady current unless the total current of all binary outputs does not exceed 2A.
3.13 Analog inputs
The analog inputs are designed for resistive automotive type sensors like VDO or DATCON. The sensors are connected either by one wire (the second pole is the sensor body) or by two wires.
In the case of grounded sensors, connect the AI COM terminal to the engine body as near to the sensors as possible.
In the case of isolated sensors, connect the AI COM terminal to the negative power supply terminal of the controller as well as the opposite poles of the sensors.
N OTE :
The fail sensor alarm is issued if the measured resistance is smaller than one half of the first (lowest) point of the sensor curve characteristic or is greater than 112.5% of the last (highest) point of the sensor curve characteristic.
N OTE :
Analog inputs are typically used for: Oil Pressure, Water Temperature and Fuel Level. All of these parameters are connected with relevant protections.
Protection of Oil Pressure and the relevant condition of a running engine is joined with AI01 only if:
- the ECU is not configured
- the ECU is configured and the AI01 is set to Alarm + ECU.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 24
W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS
–
GROUNDED SENSORS
+
+
W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS
–
ISOLATED SENSORS
3.13.1 Tristate inputs
Analog inputs can be used also as binary or tri-state, i.e. for contact sensors without or with circuit check. The threshold level is 750Ω. In the case of tri-state, values lower than 10Ω and values over
2400Ω are evaluated as sensor failure (short or open circuit).
BINARY
TRISTATE
100R
+
P T
1k5
W IRING OF ANALOG INPUTS
–
USED AS BINARY OR TRI STATE
N OTE :
The name, sensor characteristic and alarm types for each analog input have to be assigned during
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 25
3.14 Circuit breakers
There are two power switches controlled by the controller:
The generator circuit breaker or contactor – GCB
The Mains circuit breaker or contactor – MCB (SPtM application only)
It is possible to use either a motorized circuit breaker or contactor. Below is a list of available control outputs that should fit all types of contactors or breakers. The following rules must be kept to when designing the wiring of power switches:
The control outputs must be configured and wiring of the power switches must be provided in such a way, that the controller has full control over the breakers – i.e. the controller can open and close the breaker at any time.
The breaker must respond within max. 2 seconds to a close and open command. Special attention should be paid to opening of motorized circuit breakers, as it could take more than 2 seconds on some types. In such cases it is necessary to use an undervoltage coil for fast opening.
The breaker feedback functions must be configured onto some binary inputs and the signals from the breakers must be connected to it and provide reliable information about the breaker position.
3.14.1 Breaker control outputs
Close/open
An output for control of a contactor. Its state represents the breaker position requested by the controller. The breaker must react within 2 seconds to a close or
open command, otherwise an alarm is issued.
ON coil
OFF coil
UV coil
An output giving a 2 second pulse in the moment the breaker has to be closed. The output is intended for control of close coils of circuit breakers.
An output giving a pulse in the moment the breaker has to be opened. The pulse lasts until the feedback deactivates, but at least for 2 seconds. The output is intended for control of open coils of circuit breakers.
The output is active the whole time the gen-set is running (GCB, not in idle or cooling) or the controller is switched on (MCB). The output is deactivated for at least 2 seconds in the moment the breaker has to be switched off. The output is intended for control of undervoltage coils of circuit breakers.
CLOSE/OPEN
2s
ON COIL
2s
OFF COIL
UV COIL
FEEDBACK
B REAKER OUTPUTS TIMING
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 26
3.14.2 MCB special requirements
SPtM only
1. If a contactor is used on the MCB position, it is recommended that the wiring be provided in
such a way that the contactor will be normally closed and will open if the MCB Close/Open
closes. This behaviour is called
“negative logic” and can be adjusted by the setpoint MCB
Logic . The negative logic will prevent accidental opening of the MCB when the controller is
switched off.
2. If a contactor is used on the MCB position, it will open itself immediately after the mains have failed, because it will lose power for the coil. That is why the following adjustment is necessary
to prevent triggering the MCB fail
≤ 1.
3. If a 230 V motor driven circuit breaker is used on the MCB position and an undervoltage coil is not fitted, it is not possible to open the breaker after the mains have failed, because there is no power for the motor drive until the gen-set is started and providing voltage. Adjusting the
= GEN RUN will prevent triggering the MCB fail alarm.
3.15 AVR interface
The AVR output is used to control the voltage or power factor of the generator via the remote voltage adjust input provided by the AVR.
The output from the controller is a 5V PWM that is designed to be used together with the IG-AVRi
module. The AVRi module provides galvanic separation of the controller from the generator and PWM
to voltage conversion, which is needed for most AVRs. The output from the IG-AVRi module is
available as positive, negative or symmetric. The output voltage range is adjustable by a trimmer located on the module.
The initial level of the AVR output is adjustable by the setpoint AVRi Bias .
3.15.1 IG-AVRi
Automatic voltage Regulator interface is used for volt/PF control adjustment through galvanic separated inputs and outputs.
C AUTION :
Refer each time to the corresponding AVR manual before connecting the interface. IG-AVRi-TRANS
(AC power supply for AVRi) has to be supplied from gen-set voltage.
AVRi output can be connected as symmetrical: OUT1-OUT2 or unsymmetrical OUT1-GND or OUT2-
GND.
- The potentiometer on the AVRi defines maximum OUT1, OUT2 voltage range.
- Use symmetrical (OUT1, OUT2) AVRi output to connect the AVRi to AVR auxiliary voltage input.
- Use unsymmetrical output if an external AVR potentiometer has to be replaced with AVRi.
- AVRi output voltage should change the generator voltage typically in the range ± 10% of the
Nominal voltage.
N OTE :
IG-AVRi is not included in the standard package with the controller.
IG-AVRi TRANS/LV is a power supply unit for IG-AVRi; it is not included with the IG-AVRi package.
Output
OUT1
GND
OUT2
AC1
AC3
Output level
Input
AVRI
AO GND
Output terminals for alternator AVR
Power supply from IG-AVRi
TRANS/LV
Set output voltage bias
Input signals from the controller
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 27
AVR
VOLTAGE
ADJUST
GENERATOR
VOLTAGE
IG-AVR I MODULE WIRING
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 28
AVRi output
OUT1 - OUT2 [V]
10 V
2V
0
-2V
50
AVRi trim turned in max. position (clockwise)
AVRi trim turned in min. position
(counterclockwise)
100 [%]
AVR output
-10 V
S YMMETRIC AVR I OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC
AVRi output
OUT1 - GND
10 V
AVRi trim turned in max. position (clockwise)
2V
0
AVRi output
OUT2 - GND
10 V
AVRi trim turned in min. position (counterclockwise)
100 [%]
AVR output
AVRi trim turned in max. position (clockwise)
2V
0
A SYMMETRIC AVR I OUTPUT CHARACTERISTIC
100 [%]
AVR output
AVRi trim turned in min. position
(counterclockwise)
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 29
3.15.2 AVR list
LeRoy-Somer
LeRoy-Somer: R 438 LS, R448
Kutai EA448
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
ST4
OCOM
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminals ST4. Module R726 is not required.
LeRoy-Somer: R 449
ST4
3
2
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Module R726 is not required.
LeRoy-Somer: R 450
18VAC
OUT2
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
OUT1
H INT :
Use AVRi instead of potentiometer 1k Ω.
Read LeRoy-Somer R450 manual before use.
LeRoy-Somer: R 129
J2
18VAC
OCOM
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminal J2. Module R726 is not required.
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 30
LeRoy-Somer: R 128
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
4
5
OCOM
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminals 4 and 5.
LeRoy-Somer: R 221, R 222
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
18 VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
OUT2
OUT1
230/ 400VAC from generator
0 VAC
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Module R726 is not required.
LeRoy-Somer: R 250
J2
18VAC
OCOM
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise +5%.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 24%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
31
LeRoy-Somer: R 230
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
J4
OUT2
AVRI
AO GND
OUT1
500
Remove Link J4 and replace instead of R500
Primary voltage setting with resistors connected: 230 V
AO GND
AVRI
H INT :
Disconnect one wire (OUT 1), set voltage on running Generator to U = nom.
Measure Voltage over Resistor
Depending on Value, increase AVRi potentiometer to get Range.
Set exact Value with Bias Voltage//PF regulation (gain = 0)
Stop gen-set and connect when equal Voltage and polarity is achieved.
Set again in regulation loop on demand
LeRoy-Somer: R 230
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/ 400VAC from generator
0 VAC
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Module R726 is not required.
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
32
LeRoy-Somer: R 449
ST4
5
4
3
2
1
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
Stamford
STAMFORD SX 460
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AO GND
1
2
OUT2
AVRI
AO GND
AVRI
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting.
AVRi trim to approx. 60 % clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl
AVR Bias
:
= 60-70%
Voltage range (-6 V; 6 V)
H INT :
Before you connect IG-AVRi you should connect the jumper on AVR between pin 1 and 2 to run the voltage regulator without external control and set the voltage by the voltage trim on SX460 to roughly 227 V (in the event that the nominal voltage of the system is 230 V).
STAMFORD SX 440, AS440, MX 321, SX 421
A1
A2
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
AVRI
AO GND
From generator
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
PFC3 module is not required.
STAMFORD AS480
1
2
18VAC
OUT2
OCOM
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230 /400 VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 30%
AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 33
STAMFORD MX 341
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
A1
A2
OCOM
OUT1
H INT :
Disconnect the droop CT (terminal S1 & S2) and short the droop CT leads.
Short the terminal S1,S2 on the AVR
AVK Newage
AVK Newage Cosimat N+ t
S
18VAC
2
OCOM
5R5
250R
1
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVK Newage MA330, 327, 321, 341
2
1
A1
A2
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 25%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
Caterpillar
Caterpillar CDVR
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
12-3
12-6
OUT2
OUT1
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 34
Caterpillar DVR
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
7
45
OCOM
OUT1
Pin 44 on DVR – PF regulation directly from DVR is not connected.
Caterpillar VR6, VR3F
TR5
TR6
TR7
18VAC
OCOM
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
For VR3F link 4-7 has to be removed.
Caterpillar VR6-B
4
7
2
3
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Basler
Basler: APR 63-5, AEC 63-7, KR-FX, KR-FFX
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AO GND
7
6
OCOM AVRI
AO GND
AVRI
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting.
Basler: DECS 100
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AO GND
B
A
OUT2
AVRI
AO GND
AVRI
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead of external resistor for voltage adjusting.
AVRi trim to 25%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 0%
Voltage range (-2 V; 2 V)
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 35
Basler: DESC 200
A10
A9
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Marathon
Marathon DVR2000E
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
B
A
OUT2
OUT1
Marathon PM100, 200
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
6
7
OUT2
OUT1
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Marelli
MarelliMotori Mark I (M40FA640A/A)
8
6
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
MarelliMotori (M40FA610A)
8
6
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
36
MarelliMotori Mark V (M16FA655A)
18VAC
IG- AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
P
Q
OCOM
OUT1
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Mecc Alte SpA
Mecc Alte SpA: U.V.R.6
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
OUT2
OCOM
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 100 K Ω
(OUT2= top position wire and GND = second position from top).
Mecc Alte SpA: S.R.7/2
5B
7
18VAC
OCOM
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Mecc Alte UVR
8
6
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Mecc Alte DER1
AVRi trim to 1/4 position
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 15%
AVRi trim to maximum clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 75%
AVRi trim to maximum clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 75%
AVRi trim to maximum clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 37
18VAC
29
30
OCOM
OUT1
Mecc Alte DSR
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to 1/16 from minimum.
Volt/PF ctrl:
AVR Bias = 50%
11
10
114%
(or 105%)
Generator voltage
OCOM
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/ 400VAC from generator
0 VAC
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim = 1/16 from minimum
(= 6.25% → max. = 2.5 V).
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
100%
Nominal voltage set on DSR
86%
(or 95%)
0V 1.25V
2.5V
DSR input voltage (10-11)
IG-AVRi output voltage (OUT1-GND)
The V ext
input (connector CN1 – terminals 10 and 11) permits analog remote control of output voltage with a programmable variation range of up to ±10% (parameter 16, by default the setting is ±5%) with respect to the value set. If you want to use continuous voltage, it will be effective if it is in the range between 0 V and
+2.5 V. The input tolerates voltages from -5 V to +5 V, but for values exceeding the limits of 0 V / +2.5 V (or in the event of disconnection) it is automatically disabled and the voltage adjustment goes back to the value set through the trimmer (if enabled) or through parameter 19 (as shown on the picture).
Changing the DSR parameters requires a PC with dedicated software and a DI1-DSR unit!
DSR automatically detects the presence of a transformer for parallel operation (if used it works with droop, if not used then it works isochronous).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 38
Piller
Piller
18VAC
OUT2
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI 1
2
OUT1
AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 100 k Ω.
Marathon
Marathon DVR2000E
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
B
A
OUT2
OUT1
Marathon PM100, 200
18VAC
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
6
7
OUT2
OUT1
KATO
KATO KCR 360
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 39%
AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 39
18VAC
8
6
OUT2
OUT1
KATO KCR 760
18VAC
R2
R1
OUT2
OUT1
KATO K-65-12B
4
7
2
3
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
IG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
ENGGA
ENGGA WT-2
18VAC
IG- AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI A-
A+
ENGGA WT-3
OUT2
OUT1
A2
A1
18VAC
OUT2
OUT1
IG- AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 45%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
AVRi trim to 1/3 clockwise
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 40
Sincro
Sincro AVR BL3 or BL4
POT
EXT
18VAC
COM
OUT1
IG- AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
Kutai
Kutai EA448
18VAC
IG- AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC
0VAC
From generator
ST4
COM
OUT1
AVRI
AO GND
AO GND
AVRI
AVRi output is connected instead of Remote voltage trimmer 470 Ω to terminals ST4. Module R726 is not required.
AVRi trim to middle position
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 20%
AVRi trim to minimum counter clockwise.
Volt/PF ctrl :
AVR Bias = 50%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 41
3.16 Speed governor interface
The speed governor output is used to control the speed or the power of the engine via the remote speed controlling input provided by the speed governor.
The output from the controller can work in the following modes:
voltage mode 0 to 10 V
voltage mode 0 to 10 V with serial 10k resistor
5 V PWM mode
N OTE :
The PWM mode is designed and optimized for Caterpillar governors. Since IC-NT SW v. 1.4.4 speed governor PWM frequency is fixed to 500 Hz.
The jumpers for speed governor output mode are shown on the picture below.
The active range of the output can be adapted to the governor input range by setpoints
SpeedGovLowLim and SpeedGovHiLim .
N OTE :
Some governors may evaluate input voltage out of the allowed range as a faulty condition and their functioning may be blocked.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 42
3.16.1 Speed governor list
Woodward
15 ±
16 COM
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
25 +
26 -
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
ILS:9
GND:2
470k
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V
For Woodward DPG 2223 the ILS terminal is 10.
11+
12 -
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 1.50 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 3 V
H INT :
For Woodward EPG speed governor (revision F) is in case of InteliCompact NT limit:
Speed Gov Bias = 1 V
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 2 V iG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC From generator
0VAC
SG+
OUT2
OUT1 AO COM
PWM
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 43
7
8
2
4
3
6
5 MPU
Actuator
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 3.10 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 6.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 0 V
13 OUT2
12 OUT1
3k3 iG-
AVRi
TRANS
230/400VAC From generator
0VAC
SG+
AO COM
19
20
SG +
AO COM
PWM
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
Terminals 19 and 20 are marked as analog inputs #1.
25, 26 = Speed Signal Inputs
8 (Aux1)
5
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V
11
12
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
Cummins
11
20
SG +
AO COM
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
44
I9
A1
SG +
AO COM
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation.
5V
0V
10k
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
8
11
4
µ
7/50V
200k
SG +
AO COM
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 6.40 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.8 V
Setting at 1500 RPM: Primary setting governor with disconnected speed regulation lines.
9
32
SG +
AO COM
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 3.50 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 5 V
03-11
03-12
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 45
Caterpillar
9
19
SG +
AO COM
Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation.
2
1
SG +
AO COM
67k7
12
10
SG +
AO COM
MTU
8
36
SG +
AO COM
Deutz
24
23
21
17
SG +
AO COM
Opened for
0% droop
Pay attention to the connector and jumper orientation.
PWM
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.10 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V
PWM
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 4.90 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 46
Perkins
24 (J1/17)
20 (J1/3)
2 (J1/49)
12 (J1/18)
SG +
AO COM
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V
RPS INPUT
VBREF GND
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 2.50 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.8 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 4.5 V
18
19
SG +
AO COM
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar = POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V
GAC
N
G
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V
AUX
M
G
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
NEGATIVE
25
2
SG +
AO COM VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 47
A
L
SG +
AO COM
Barber Colman
9
2
SG +
AO COM
9
2
SG +
AO COM
Heinzmann
150k
9
2
SG +
AO COM
9
2
SG +
AO COM
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
NEGATIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 2.5 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 7.5 V
TauSpeedActuat = 1 s
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 6.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 8 V
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 6.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 4 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 8 V
VoutR
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 48
5
4
3
GND
SG +
AO COM
1 (B3)
3 (A3)
SG +
AO COM
10k
Terminals A3 and B3 are on OEM 14-pin connector.
Mounted on Perkins 40xx engines.
Toho
11
8
SG +
AO COM
10k
ComAp
8
7
SG +
AO COM
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 0.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0.8 V
Without resistor
Speed Gov Bias = 2.75 V
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 6 V
VoutR
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 4.00 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
Vout
Sync/Load Ctrl:
Speed Gov Bias = 5.1 V
SpeedGovChar =
POSITIVE
SpeedGovLowLim = 0 V
SpeedGovHiLim = 10 V
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 49
3.17 CAN bus wiring
The wiring of the CAN bus communication should be provided in such a way that the following rules are observed:
The maximum length of the CAN bus depends on the communication speed. For a speed of
250 kbps, which is used on the CAN1 bus (extension modules, ECU) and CAN2 bus if it is switched to 32C mode, the maximum length is 200 m. If the CAN2 bus is switched to 8C mode the speed is 50 kbps and the maximum length is 800 m.
The bus must be wired in linear form with termination resistors at both ends. No nodes are allowed except on the controller terminals.
N OTE :
A termination resistor at the CAN is already implemented on the PCB. For connecting, close the jumper near the appropriate CAN terminal.
Use a cable with following parameters:
Cable type
Impedance
Propagation velocity
Wire crosscut
Attenuation (@1MHz)
Shielded twisted pair
120 Ω
≥
75% (delay
≤
4.4 ns/m)
≥ 0.25 mm 2
≤ 2dB/100 m
120R
120R
CAN BUS TOPOLOGY
N OTE :
See the website www.can-cia.org
for information about the CAN bus, specifications, etc.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 50
3.18 Recommended CAN/RS485 connection
3.18.1 CAN bus connection
The bus has to be terminated by 120 Ω resistors at both ends. External units can be connected on the
CAN bus line in any order, but keeping a line arrangement (no tails, no star) is necessary. Standard maximum bus length is 200 m for 32C CAN BUS MODE and 900 m for 8C CAN BUS MODE. Shielded cable must be used. Shielding has to be connected to PE on one side (controller side).
1. For shorter distances (all network components within one room) – picture 1
Interconnect H and L; shielding connect to PE on controller side
2. For longer distances (connection between rooms within one building) – picture 2
Interconnect H, L, COM; shielding connect to PE at one point
3. In case of surge hazard (connection out of building in case of storm etc.) – picture 3
We recommend using the following protections:
Phoenix Contact ( http://www.phoenixcontact.com
): PT 5-HF-12DC-ST with PT2x2-BE
(base element)
Saltek ( http://www.saltek.cz
): DM-012/2 R DJ
Recommended data cables: BELDEN ( http://www.belden.com
)
1. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors)
2. For longer distances: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors)
3. In case of surge hazard: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors)
3.18.2 RS485 connection
The line has to be terminated by 120 Ω resistors at both ends. External units can be connected on the
RS485 line in any order, but keeping a line arrangement (no tails, no star) is necessary. Standard maximum link length is 1000 m. Shielded cable must be used. Shielding has to be connected to PE on one side (controller side).
1. For shorter distances (all network components within one room) – picture 1 interconnect A and B; shielding connect to PE on controller side
2. For longer distances (connection between rooms within one building) – picture 2 interconnect A, B, COM; shielding connect to PE at one point
3. In case of surge hazard (connection out of building in case of storm etc.) – picture 3
We recommend using the following protections:
Phoenix Contact ( http://www.phoenixcontact.com
): PT 5-HF-5DC-ST with PT2x2-BE
(base element)(or MT-RS485-TTL)
Saltek ( http://www.saltek.cz
): DM-006/2 R DJ
Recommended data cables: BELDEN ( http://www.belden.com
)
1. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors)
2. For shorter distances: 3105A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2 conductors)
3. In case of surge hazard: 3106A Paired – EIA Industrial RS-485 PLTC/CM (1x2+1 conductors)
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 51
120 Ω
H/A
L/B
COM
120 Ω
H/A
L/B
COM
P ICTURE 1 –
SHORTER DISTANCES ( ALL NETWORK COMPONENTS WITHIN ONE ROOM )
120
1. IC-NT
H
COM
L
H
COM
L
Extension module
H
COM
L
120
2.
IC-NT
120
H
COM
L
H
COM
L
P ICTURE 2 –
LONGER DISTANCES ( CONNECTION BETWEEN ROOMS WITHIN ONE BUILDING )
120 Ω
PT5-HF-12DC-ST (CAN)
PT5HF-5DC-ST (RS485)
H/A
L/B
COM
8
OUT
12
2
6
10
4
1
5
7
IN
11
9
3
7
IN
11
1
5
9
3
2
6
8
OUT
12
10
4
P ICTURE 3 –
SURGE HAZARD ( CONNECTION OUT OF BUILDING IN CASE OF STORM ETC .)
120 Ω
H/A
L/B
COM
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 52
3.19 Extension modules
Extension modules are to be enabled and configured
using LiteEdit . Extension modules are not
contained in the factory default configuration.
3.19.1 IGS-PTM
The IGS-PTM is a DIN Rail mounted extension module that is connected to the controller via a CAN1 bus. The module contains:
8 binary inputs with the same properties and configuration as binary inputs of the controller.
8 binary outputs with the same properties and configuration as binary outputs of the controller.
4 analog inputs with selectable electrical range by a jumper: 0 –250 Ω, 0–100 mV, 0–20 mA, suitable for Pt100 and thermocouple sensors
N OTE :
The controller selection jumper ( iS/iG ) must be in the iG position for using the module with the
InteliCompact NT .
A separate manual for the IGS-PTM module is available for download on the ComAp web site
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 53
3.19.2 IGL-RA15 remote annunciator
The IGL-RA15 module is a remote annunciator that is connected to the controller via a CAN1 bus. The module contains:
15 LEDs with configurable colour (red, green, yellow).
Binary output for driving an external siren.
Horn reset and Lamp test buttons.
The siren is activated automatically if a new yellow or red LED switches on, the duration is adjustable and it can be silenced by pressing the horn reset button. In the controller the LEDs are configured like binary outputs, so all binary output functions can be used to drive the LEDs.
N OTE :
T HE ADDRESS SELECTION JUMPERS MUST BE IN THE I G POSITION FOR USING THE MODULE WITH THE
I NTELI C OMPACT
NT .
A separate manual for the IGL-RA15 module is available for download on the ComAp website
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 54
3.19.3 IL-NT-AOUT8
The IL-NT-AOUT8 module is to be directly plugged-in into the slot on the rear side of the controller.
The module contains 8 PWM open collector type outputs. The outputs are specially designed for driving analog automotive type gauges. Any of the analog values measured or computed in the
controller can be configured to each output and it is possible to configure a different conversion
characteristic (curve) for each output.
N OTE :
The module is compatible with gauges originally designed for resistive sensors, i.e. they have board voltage compensation. These gauges have 3 terminals: +BATT, SENSOR, GND.
+ BATT
Automotive type gauge
AO8
AO7
AO6
AO5
AO4
AO3
AO2
AO1
+12/24V
GND
- BATT
AO8
GND
Examples of automotive gauges that can be used with the module:
VDO Oil pressure gauge 0 –10 Bar, p.n. 350-010-007
VDO Coolant temperature gauge 40 –120 °C, p.n. 310-010-002
VDO Fuel level 0-1/1, p.n. 301-010-001
3.19.4 IL-NT BIO8
Hybrid binary input/output module
IL-NT BIO8 is an optional plug-in card. Through this card the controller can accommodate up to 8
easily choose if a particular I/O will be binary input or output.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 55
To insert the module, you must open the cover first (use a screwdriver to open) and then insert the module into the slot. Once you have inserted it, the module will snap under the plastic teeth. It is supposed to be installed permanently. Should you need to remove it, the safest way is to remove the entire back cover and then remove the module manually. Installing the IL-NT BIO8 module is similar to
installing the RS 232 module . The difference is that module fits into the
“extension module” slot and after installing the IL-NT BIO8 you do not put the small cover back.
BATT+
REL
K1
K21 K2
OUT
IN
K11
SW1
IN
BIO1
BIO2
BIO3
BIO4
BIO5
BIO6
BIO7
BIO8
BATT-
BATT-
+ -
BATTERY
Technical details:
IL-NT BIO8 plugs into the InteliCompact NT controller EXTENSION MODULE port.
8 dedicated pins of the plugin card’s terminal can be configured as binary inputs or outputs.
B INARY INPUTS
Number of inputs 8
Input resistance
Input range
4.7 k Ω
0 –36 V DC
< 0.8 V DC Voltage level for close contact indication (Logical 1)
Voltage level for open contact indication (Logical 0) > 2 V DC
8 –36 V DC Max voltage level for open contact indication
B INARY OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
Number of outputs 8
0.5 A Maximum current per pin
Maximum switching common current
Maximum switching voltage
2 A
36 V DC
N OTE :
Binary inputs are not galvanically isolated.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 56
3.19.5 IC-NT CT-BIO7
Hybrid current input and binary input/output module (SPtM)
IC-NT CT-BIO7 is an optional plug-in card. Through this card the controller can accommodate one
tool (version 4.4 and higher) it is possible to easily choose if particular I/O will be binary input or output.
N OTE :
Current measuring input is intended to measure one phase (AC) current of mains and to limit
Export/Import to/from mains to zero value during parallel to mains operation. This is the case of the
SPtM application, so current input of the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is useful for SPtM controllers only.
To insert the module, you must open the cover first (use a screwdriver to open) and then insert the module into the slot. Once you have inserted it, the module will snap under the plastic teeth. It is supposed to be installed permanently. Should you need to remove it, the safest way is to remove the entire back cover and then remove the module manually. Installing the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is
similar to installing the RS 232 module . The difference is that module fits into the
“extension module” slot and after installing the IC-NT CT-BIO7 you do not put the small cover back.
BATT+ l
L K
MAINS k L3
REL
K1
K21 K2
K11
SW1
0-5A
OUT
IN
IN
BIO4
BIO5
BIO6
BIO7
BATT-
CT l
CT k
BIO1
BIO2
BIO3
+ -
BATTERY
Technical details:
IC-NT CT-BIO7 plugs into InteliCompact NT controller EXTENSION MODULE port.
7 dedicated pins of the plugin card’s terminal can be configured as binary inputs or outputs.
C URRENT MEASURING INPUT
Number of inputs 1
Nominal input current (from CT)
Load (CT output impedance)
Max measured current from CT
Current measurement tolerance
Max peak current from CT
Max continuous current
(All values in RMS)
5 A
< 0.1
10 A
2% from Nominal current
150 A / 1 s
10 A
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 57
B INARY INPUTS
Number of inputs
Input resistance
Input range
Voltage level for close contact indication (Logical 1)
Voltage level for open contact indication (Logical 0)
Max voltage level for open contact indication
B INARY OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS
Number of outputs
Maximum current per pin
Maximum switching common current
Maximum switching voltage
7
4.7 k Ω
0 –36 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
> 2 V DC
8 –36 V DC
7
0.5 A
2 A
36 V DC
N OTE :
Binary inputs are not galvanically isolated.
Usage of CT measuring via the IC-NT CT-BIO7 module:
-
Earth Fault current protection
-
Earth fault current measurement
The Earth Fault protection is done by the extension module IC-NT-BIO7 .
When the measured current exceeds the set value, which indicates that part of the current is dispersed to earth, and when the set Earth Fault Del time elapses, the Earth Fault Sd protection and
AL EarthFault output are activated. Earth Fault protection is not active when gen-set does not run and
parameter is not set to “EarthFltC”.
Earth Fault Sd
Time [s]
AL Earth Fault
1
0
Time [s]
Earth Fault Del
C AUTION !
Earth fault current measurement is not intended to protect human health, but the machines!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 58
3.20 Communication modules
A communication module enables connection of a remote computer or other remote device such as a
PLC to the controller. The module is to be plugged-in into the slot in the rear side of the controller. The slot is accessible after the slot cover is removed.
More information about how to use communication modules can be found in the chapter
S
LOT FOR COMMUNICATION MODULES
N OTE :
The modules are compatible with the IL-NT controllers also.
3.20.1 IL-NT RS232
This module contains a RS232 port with all modem signals connected internally to the COM1 of the controller. DB9M connector is used on the RS232 side.
SERIAL “CROSS-WIRED” CABLE
2
3
5
2
3
5
To controller
RS232 port
To PC COM port
RS232 P INOUT AND CABLE WIRING
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 59
3.20.2 IL-NT RS232-485
The IL-NT RS232-485 is a dual port module with RS232 and RS485 interfaces at independent COM channels. The RS232 is connected to COM1 and RS485 to COM2.
RS485 balancing resistor jumpers
RS232
COM1
Boot jumper
RS485 120R terminator jumper
B (RxTx -)
GND
A (RxTx +)
RS485
COM2
+5V
Balancing resistor
A
Terminator
GND
Balancing resistor
B
IL-NT RS232-485 MODULE
RS485 internal wiring
A
GND
B
3.20.3 IL-NT S-USB
This module contains a USB slave port connected internally to the COM1 of the controller and is designed as an easily removable service module.
This module requires a FTDI USB Serial converter driver installed in the PC. The driver creates a
virtual serial port (COM) in the PC, which must be used in LiteEdit as communication port when a
connection is being opened.
N OTE :
The FTDI driver is installed together with LiteEdit .
N OTE :
When the USB cable from the controller is plugged for the first time into different USB ports on the PC including USB hubs, it may be recognized as new hardware and the drivers will be installed again with a different number of the virtual serial port.
C AUTION !
Use a shielded USB cable only!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 60
3.20.4 IB-Lite
IB-Lite is a plug-in module with Ethernet 10/100 Mbit interface in RJ45 connector. The module is internally connected to both COM1 and COM2 serial channels and provides an interface for
or InteliMonitor through an Ethernet/internet network, for sending active
e-mails and for integration of the controller into a building management (Modbus/TCP protocol).
RJ45
Ethernet
“Restore default settings” jumper
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
IB-L ITE MODULE
Use an Ethernet UTP cable with a RJ45 connector for linking the module with your Ethernet network.
The module can also be connected directly to a PC using cross-wired UTP cable.
RJ45 RJ45
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
CROSS-WIRED UTP 10/100Mbit
CABLE
C ROSS WIRED UTP CABLE
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 61
The communication module IB-Lite works with:
– internet-based remote monitoring solution
– powerful connection technology to make internet access as simple as possible
N OTE :
The module requires some setup before initial usage. See the chapter IB-Lite setup procedure .
3.20.5 IL-NT GPRS
This plug-in module is a GSM/GPRS modem which can work in two modes of operation based on the settings in the setpoint COM1 Mode.
Settings DIRECT = the module works in a GPRS network and enables connection via AirGate
and WebSupervisor as well as sending SMS alarms.
Settings MODEM = the module works as a standard GSM modem enabling a CSD (Circuit
Switch Data) connection to the controller with LiteEdit
or InteliMonitor and sending SMS
alarms.
IL-NT GPRS MODULE AND GSM/GPRS SCREEN ON IC-NT DISPLAY
The communication module IL-NT GPRS works with:
– internet-based remote monitoring solution
– powerful connection technology to make internet access as simple as possible
– localization technology
N
OTE
:
GPRS and CSD services must be provided by your GSM/GPRS operator for successful operation.
N OTE :
T HE GPRS AND CSD CONNECTION SHOULD NOT BE USED FOR THE FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCESS .
U SE
INSTEAD A WIRED CONNECTION LIKE RS232, USB, RS485 OR E
N OTE :
It is necessary to power the controller and individually the IL-NT GPRS module as well.
W ARNING
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 62
Any manipulation of the IL-NT GPRS module should be done only without voltage.
SMS Commands
To control the gen-set equipped with InteliCompact NT controller and IL-NT GPRS communication module (or modem) via SMS requests, send an SMS in the structure of:
# xxxx, yyyy, zzzz , etc.
to the telephone number of the SIM card in your IL-NT-GPRS module (or modem). Where the
“#” mark means the controller access code, “ xxxx ” means the Command 1, “ yyyy ” is Command 2, “ zzzz ” is
Command 3, etc.
Table of SMS requests: start stop fault reset gcb close gcb open mcb close mcb open off man aut test status help
Example:
Start the engine in MAN mode.
Stop the engine in MAN mode.
Acknowledging alarms and deactivating the horn output.
Closing GCB in MAN and TEST mode.
Opening GCB in MAN and TEST mode.
Closing MCB in MAN and TEST mode (only in IC-NT SPTM).
Opening MCB in MAN and TEST mode (only in IC-NT SPTM).
Switching to OFF mode.
Switching to MAN mode.
Switching to AUT mode.
Switching to TEST mode.
Get status information from controller unit.
Get a list of available SMS requests.
When the controller, in AUT mode, with a controller name of “IC-NT-Test”, with the IL-NT
GPRS module and access code “0” receives the SMS:
0 man, start, d10, gcb close, d300, gcb open, d30, stop, d30, aut the mode will be changed to MANUAL. The engine will be started and after 10 s the controller will start the synchronization process and the GCB will close. After 300 s (from the point of starting synchronization) the GCB will open (after the “GCB Opens Del” setpoint), the engine will stop with a 30 s delay and it will go into AUT mode.
The controller will send back the SMS:
#IC-NT-Test: man<OK>,start<OK>,d_ok,gcb_close<OK>,d_ok, gcb_open<OK>,d_ok,stop<OK>,d_ok,aut<OK> if all conditions are correct.
N OTE :
The value “ OK ” in an SMS means that the command was successfully transmitted to the controller.
Potential errors/alarms during execution of commands are shown in Event SMS if is set (as is described below).
Event SMS
The InteliCompact NT controller equipped with the IL-NT GPRS communication module is able to send
Event SMS according to the setting in the SMS/Email setpoint group:
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 63
Event Msg – enable/disable sending of event SMS
Tel No/Addr Ch1 or Tel No/Addr Ch2 – field for administrator’s GSM phone number
The following events can be received by mobile phone:
- Engine Start/Stop o Manual Start/Stop o Remote Start/Stop o Gen Peak Start/Stop o PMS StartStop (as Power Management System Start/Stop) o AMF Start/Stop (as Automatic Mains Failure Start/Stop) o Test Start/Gen-set Stop
- Mains Fail
- Mains Returned
- Load on Mains
- Load on Genset
- Parallel Operation
- Test On Load
Message structure (e.g.):
Genset Name [hh:mm:ss dd.mm.yyyy] hh:mm:ss Mains Fail hh:mm:ss AMF Start hh:mm:ss Load on Genset hh:mm:ss Mains Returned hh:mm:ss Parallel Oper. hh:mm:ss Load on Mains hh:mm:ss AMF Stop
3.20.6 InternetBridge-NT
The InternetBridge-NT (IB-NT) is a communication module that allows connection of a single controller as well as a whole site to the internet or a Local Area Network. The internet connection can be enabled via the built-in cellular modem supporting 2G and 3G networks or via Ethernet cable.
For InteliCompact NT the following functions are available:
-
Direct Ethernet connection to ComAp configuration and monitoring tools ( LiteEdit
, InteliMonitor or WebSupervisor )
- AirGate support
- Web interface
N OTE :
Support of InteliCompact NT controllers is in IB-NT 1.2 SW and newer.
For further information and options that can be set, see IB-NT Reference Guide .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 64
3.21 EFI engines
To meet requests for low fuel consumption, low emissions and high reliability, modern engines are electronically controlled by an "Engine Control Unit" (ECU). The ECU is fitted directly on the engine; it measures various engine parameters like speed, intake air flow, coolant temperature, etc. and controls various actuators like injectors, ignition, valves, etc. to achieve optimal operating conditions of the engine.
Most of the ECUs also have a communication interface to the rest of the system (e.g. a vehicle, a genset, a pump, etc.) to provide engine operational data, alarm conditions and also to enable remote control. The most commonly used interface is the CAN bus with the SAE J1939 protocol or sometimes also the RS485 with the MODBUS protocol.
The J1939 protocol was introduced by the SAE organization originally for the automotive industry but now is often used also for other engine applications. The J1939 specification is partially open, which means that each engine producer may have a slightly different implementation of the J1939 protocol.
This is why each new ECU type obviously needs slight modification of the controller firmware to support the particular ECU.
The IC-NT controller supports most of the J1939-based ECU types as well as Cummins Modbus ECU.
New ECU types are added to the firmware as they appear in the field.
3.21.1 Differences between a classic and EFI-engine application
The main difference is less wiring, sensors and actuators in an EFI-engine application compared to a
classic one. The typical wiring of an EFI-engine application shows that there are no analog sensors,
no pickup and no governor. All this information is being communicated between the controller and the
ECU via the communication bus.
O BJECT
Data received from the ECU (if available in the particular ECU)
T YPE A LARM C OMMENTS
Engine speed
Oil pressure
Coolant temperature
Oil temperature
Boost pressure
Intake temperature
Percentage of load at current speed
Fuel rate
Analog Shutdown (Over speed)
Analog Configurable
Analog Configurable
Analog None
Analog None
Analog None
Analog None
Analog None
Fuel level
Engine hours
Yellow lamp
Red lamp
Engine hours
Analog Configurable
Analog None
Binary Warning
Binary Shutdown
Analog None
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 65
N OTE :
The ECU values Oil pressure , Coolant temperature and Fuel level
can be configured as source values
for the controller analog inputs 1, 2, 3 instead of physical terminals. In that case, all analog inputrelated things like protections, switches, etc. work the same way as if physical terminals are used.
In case there is valid value of Running Hours (Engine Hours) coming from ECU, controller will prefer that value instead of internal calculation
O BJECT
Data sent to the ECU (if supported by the particular ECU)
T YPE C OMMENTS
Speed request (governor output)
Start request
Stop request
Idle/Nominal switch
Shutdown override
Frequency selection switch
Analog
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary 50/60Hz selection
ECU alarms
Alarms (diagnostic messages) are read from the ECU and displayed in the ECU Alarmlist
Supported ECU types
S UPPORTED ECU (E NGINE ) TYPES AND THEIR REMOTE CONTROL CAPABILITIES
ECU TYPE R EMOTE START R EMOTE STOP R EMOTE SPEED CONTROL
Standard J1939 Engine No No Yes *
Scania S6 Singlespeed
Scania S8 Singlespeed
Volvo EMSI Singlespeed / EMSII
Deutz EMR2
Deutz EMR3
Deutz EMR4
Yes
No
Cummins CM570 Yes
Cummins CM850/CM2150/CM2250 No
Cummins MODBUS
MTU ADEC
MTU SMART Connect
Waukesha ESM
-
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
-
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes *
Yes *
Yes
Yes *
No
-
Yes *
Yes
No
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 66
Iveco ADEMIII (Vector)
Iveco EDC (Cursor)
John Deere
Perkins ECM
Perkins 1300
SISU EEM3 Genset
Caterpillar J1939
DDC DDEC IV/V
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
Yes *
VM Industrial
VM Marine
MAN MFR
SISU EEM3
GM MEFI6
GM SECM
GM e-control
GM e-control LCI
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes *
Yes *
Yes
Yes
ISUZU ECM
DaimlerChrysler ADM2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
JCB Delphi No No Yes
* standard TSC1 frame
N OTE :
Support for electronics engines was unified with the InteliLite NT Comap controller family. Please use the ECU List version 5.9 or higher for proper function with the InteliCompact NT 2.0 firmware. ECU List
5.9 is part of the IC-NT 2.0 Installation Suite .
Support of new ECU types is continuously added to the new firmware releases. If you cannot find your
ECU type in the list, please download the latest release of the document ComAp Electronic Engines
Support from http://www.comap.cz
or contact technical support for more information.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 67
3.22 Typical wiring – EFI engine
+ -
R RTE STA
) 15 H ( ITC SW KEY
H
COM
L
Extension module
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
-
BO8
+
D+
SG+
AO GND
AVR+
AI COM
AI1
AI2
AI3
RPM
RPM GND
Communication module
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
BI9
N
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
COM
L1
L2
L3
T YPICAL WIRING OF AN EFI ENGINE IN SP T M APPLICATION
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 68
3.23 Typical wiring – classic engine
+ -
RE
D
ATU PER
GN TS PU
RE
TEM
EL
SU
NT
G IN
LEV
RES P
ALO
OLA CO
AN
OIL
EL FU
H
COM
L
Extension module
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
-
BO7
BO8
+
D+
SG+
AO GND
AVR+
AI COM
AI1
AI2
AI3
RPM
RPM GND
Communication module
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
BI9
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
COM
L1
L2
L3
R RTE STA
OID LEN SO EL FU
GS LU W P GLO
T HIS WIRING CORRESPONDS TO FACTORY DEFAULT SP T M CONFIGURATION
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 69
+ -
RE
D
ATU PER
GN TS PU
RE
TEM
EL
SU
NT
G IN
LEV
RES P
ALO
OLA CO
OIL
AN
EL FU
H
COM
L
H
COM
L
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
BO8
+
-
D+
SG+
AO GND
AVR+
AI COM
AI1
AI2
AI3
RPM
RPM GND
Extension module
Communication module
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
BI9
N
L1
L2
L3
N
L1
L2
L3
COM
L1
L2
L3
R RTE STA
OID LEN SO EL FU
GS LU W P GLO
T HIS WIRING CORRESPONDS TO FACTORY DEFAULT MINT CONFIGURATION
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 70
3.24 Emergency Stop
The Emergency Stop function can be made in two ways:
Connecting a normally closed
“mushroom-type” button to the binary input Emergency Stop .
This is a purely software solution.
A hard-wired solution, where the button also disconnects the power supply from the controller outputs.
- BATT
+ BATT
OUTPUTS
SUPPRESION DIODES ARE NOT INDICATED, BUT
REQUIRED!
H ARD WIRED EMERGENCY STOP
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 71
4 Putting it into operation
4.1 Programming the configuration
The controller is delivered with a default configuration that should fit most standard applications.
Nevertheless you may need to modify it because your application is different. Please refer to the
LiteEdit manual
or help file for information on using LiteEdit for changing the particular items of the
configuration and writing the configuration to the controller.
C ONFIGURATION WINDOW IN L ITE E DIT
4.2 Programming the firmware
Although the controller is delivered with the latest firmware available at the moment of production, it may be necessary to upgrade the firmware in future. The process of programming the firmware involves the following steps:
1. First you need the requested firmware. Firmware of standard branch and major versions are
2. The latest installation and/or import packages are available for download at www.comap.cz
.
Please register to get access to the download page. Registration is free.
3. The import package is a file with the IWE extension. To perform the import, start LiteEdit , do
not open any connections, go to Options -> Import firmware and select the appropriate file.
4. Create an online connection to the controller and save the archive for backup purposes.
N OTE :
It is not possible to update firmware when the connection is offline!
5. Go to the menu Controller -> Programming and cloning -> Programming, select the appropriate firmware and press the OK button.
6. The selected firmware will be programmed into your controller.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 72
N OTE :
It is possible to program only firmware compatible with the currently attached controller. Other firmware is disabled and cannot be selected for programming.
C AUTION !
The configuration reverts to the default after firmware has been programmed. You must re-program the configuration if the default one is not appropriate for your application!
C AUTION !
Also some setpoints may have incorrect values after new firmware was programmed. Please check all setpoints after programming.
4.3 Programming a non-responsive controller
If the controller does not contain valid firmware, new firmware cannot be programmed in the standard way. This situation can occur if the connection between the PC and the controller was interrupted e.g. during a previous firmware upgrade. In such a case the controller has a blank display and does not communicate with the PC. The boot-jumper must be used to get valid firmware into the controller.
1. Disconnect the power supply from the controller, insert a communication module and close the
boot-jumper.
B OOT JUMPER ON IL-NT RS232
N OTE :
See the communication modules chapter for information about boot-jumper position on other
modules.
2. Connect the proper communication cable between the controller and PC.
Error".
4. Go to the menu Controller -> Programming and cloning -> Programming, select the appropriate firmware and press the OK button.
5. Follow the instructions in the message that appears and finally press the OK button.
6. Another message will appear when programming is finished. Follow the instructions given there.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 73
4.5 Factory default configuration
4.5.1 SPtM
SPtM only
B INARY INPUTS
N O . D ESCRIPTION
BI1 Generator circuit breaker feedback
BI2 Mains circuit breaker feedback
BI3 Remote start/stop
BI4 Emergency stop button
BI5 Access lock keyswitch
BI6 Warning alarm
BI7 Electrical trip alarm (BOC)
BI8 Shutdown alarm
BI9 Shutdown alarm
B INARY OUTPUTS
N O . C ONFIGURED FUNCTION
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
BO8
A NALOG INPUTS
N O . I NPUT NAME
None
C ONFIGURED SENSOR
C ONFIGURED FUNCTION
None
None
None
None
AI1 Oil pressure
AI2 Water temperature
AI3 Fuel level
Sensor VDO 10 Bar, warning + shutdown alarm
Sensor VDO 120 deg, warning + shutdown alarm
Sensor VDO 180 Ohm, warning alarm
N OTE :
A wiring diagram that corresponds to the factory default SPtM configuration is available in a separate
“Installation” section of this manual.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 74
4.5.2 MINT
B INARY INPUTS
N O . D ESCRIPTION
BI1 Generator circuit breaker feedback
BI2 Mains circuit breaker feedback
BI3 System start/stop
BI4 Emergency stop button
BI5 Access lock keyswitch
BI6 Highest priority switch
BI7 Large load preparation switch
BI8 Warning alarm
BI9 Shutdown alarm
B INARY OUTPUTS
N O . C ONFIGURED FUNCTION
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
BO8
A NALOG INPUTS
N O . I NPUT NAME
C ONFIGURED SENSOR
AI1 Oil pressure
AI2 Water temperature
AI3 Fuel level
C ONFIGURED FUNCTION
None
None
Sensor VDO 10 Bar, warning + shutdown alarm
Sensor VDO 120 deg, warning + shutdown alarm
Sensor VDO 180 Ohm, warning alarm
MINT only
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 75
4.6 Step-by-step guide
In the following you will find several steps which you should carry out when you are putting a gen-set into operation. It supposes that the switchboard wiring has been already checked.
N OTE :
This guide is not a handbook for a beginner, but it is focused on things specific for ComAp controllers and expects sufficient knowledge and skills in the field of generating sets!
W ARNING !
Some parts of the generator, engine and switchboard may carry dangerous voltage which can cause injury or death when touched!
W ARNING !
Rotating parts of the gen-set can catch hair or clothing and cause serious injury.
1. Disconnect the binary outputs from the controller before connecting the power supply. If you have an SPtM application, be sure that the MCB and GCB are protected against accidental switching when you are working in the switchboard.
2. Check the controller configuration according to the wiring diagram of the switchboard. If the configuration has been modified, write it to the controller
3. Write all setpoints from the default archive and then go through them and readjust all of them if it is necessary. Pay special attention to nominal values, overspeed, gear teeth, fuel solenoid and CT ratio.
4. Check all settings regarding speed sensing and additional running information, especially if
you do not use a pickup for speed sensing.
5. Adjust bias setpoints for the governor and AVRi output to the recommended levels and adjust
all delays for generator protections to high values to have enough time for making adjustments on a running gen-set.
6. Connect the binary outputs back.
7. Adjust all setpoints related to engine start
and stabilization phase , then start the gen-set in
MAN mode and then make fine readjustments.
8. Leave the gen-set running and adjust the governor and/or AVRi so that the gen-set will have a speed and voltage near to the nominal values. If it is not possible to achieve this by turning the trim on the AVRi and/or governor, you can also slightly change the bias setpoints.
N
OTE
:
The bias setpoints must not be near the limits for the particular output, because the regulation loops need sufficient reserve of the output range on both sides to work correctly.
9. Adjust all generator and engine protections according to your needs including the delays.
10. Adjust the setpoint Phase Window to 0. This adjustment will disable issuing of the GCB close
command during synchronization, but the synchronization itself will be performed normally for the whole adjusted time.
11. Press the GCB button to start the synchronizing. Then, using a voltmeter connected directly over the contactor, check if the synchroscope indication on the controller screen matches the voltage. The voltage must be near to 0V when the synchroscope is in a 12 o'clock position and near to 2*U nominal
when it is in a 6 o'clock position. Check all three phases.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 76
The voltmeter must show minimum voltage in all phases when the synchroscope is in 12 o’clock position
O
GCB
OPEN
I
MIN
V
MAX
The voltmeter must show maximum voltage in all phases when the synchroscope is in 6 o’clock position
O
GCB
OPEN
I
MIN
V
MAX
12. Adjust the setpoint Phase Window back to your desired value (typically 3
–7°).
13. Synchronize the gen-set with the mains or other gen-sets. Adjust the setpoints for voltage,
frequency and angle regulation loops to achieve fast and reliable synchronization.
14. Adjust the setpoints for power, power factor, load-sharing and VARsharing loops.
15. Check the rest of the setpoints and then save the archive to disk for backup purposes.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 77
5 Operator guide
5.1 Front panel elements
16 5 6
3
4
1
2
9
10
11
18 19 20 17 15 14 8 13 12 7
G EN SET CONTROL BUTTONS
P OSITION D ESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
START button. Works in MAN mode only. Press this button to initiate the
start sequence of the engine. See the Engine start chapter in the Reference
Guide to learn more about the start sequence.
STOP button. Works in MAN mode only. Press this button to initiate the stop sequence of the gen-set. Repeatedly pressing or holding the button for more than twice will cancel the current phase of stop sequence (like ramping the
stop sequence.
FAULT RESET button. Use this button to acknowledge alarms and deactivate the horn output. Inactive alarms will disappear immediately and status of active alarms will be changed to "confirmed" so they will disappear as soon as their causes are dismissed. Learn more about alarms in the
Alarm management chapter in the Reference Guide.
HORN RESET button. Use this button to deactivate the horn output without acknowledging the alarms.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 78
5
MODE LEFT button. Use this button to change the mode. The button works only if the main screen with the indicator of the currently selected mode is displayed.
N OTE :
This button will not work if the controller mode is forced by one of the binary
inputs listed in the Reference Guide in the Operating modes chapter.
MODE RIGHT button. Use this button to change the mode. The button works only if the main screen with the indicator of the currently selected mode is displayed.
6
7
N OTE :
This button will not work if the controller mode is forced by one of the binary
inputs listed in the Reference Guide in the Operating modes chapter.
GCB button. Works in MAN and TEST modes only. Press this button to open or close the GCB or start synchronizing manually. Note that certain conditions must be fulfilled otherwise GCB closing (starting of
synchronization) is blocked. See the Connecting to the load chapter in the
Reference Guide for details.
MCB button. Works in MAN and TEST modes only. Press this button to open or close the MCB or start the reverse synchronizing manually.
8
C AUTION !
You can disconnect the load from the mains supply with this button! Be sure you are well aware of what you are about to do!
G EN SET OPERATION INDICATORS
P OSITION D ESCRIPTION
9
General alarm . This red indicator lights up if at least one alarm is present in the alarm list. It blinks if a new alarm has appeared and is still not acknowledged.
Gen-set voltage OK . This green indicator lights up if the generator voltage and frequency is within the limits.
10
11
N
OTE
:
The limits for the generator voltage and frequency are given by setpoints in the Gener
Protect group.
GCB position . This green indicator blinks if the forward synchronizing is currently in progress; otherwise it shows the current status of the generator circuit breaker according to the feedback input.
12 Bus under voltage . This green indicator shows if the bus is under voltage or not.
13
MCB position . This green indicator blinks if the reverse synchronizing is currently in progress; otherwise it shows the current status of the mains circuit breaker according to the feedback input.
14
15
Mains voltage OK . This green indicator lights up if the mains are evaluated as
healthy. See the AMF function chapter in the Reference Guide for details about mains
evaluation.
Mains failure . This red indicator starts blinking when mains failure is detected. After the gen-set has started and is about to take the load, it lights up permanently until the mains failure disappears.
D ISPLAY AND DISPLAY CONTROL BUTTONS
P OSITION D ESCRIPTION
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 79
19
20
16
17
18
Graphic B/W display, 128x64 pixels
PAGE button. Use this button to switch across display pages. See the next chapter for details about display pages and screens structure
UP button. Use this button to move up or increase value.
DOWN button. Use this button to move down or decrease value.
ENTER button. Use this button to finish editing a setpoint or move right in the history page.
5.2 User interface modes
The user interface consists of two modes:
User mode allows the user to go through all screens with measurements and alarms. The
button does not work, i.e. setpoints and history pages are not accessible.
Engineer mode gives qualified personnel full access to all pages and screens.
See the chapter User interface mode selection to learn how to change the user interface mode.
5.3 Display screens and pages structure
The displayed information is structured into “pages” and “screens”. Use the over the pages.
button to switch
1. The Measurement page consists of screens which display measured values like voltages, current, oil pressure, etc. and computed values such as gen-set power, statistic data and the alarm list on the last screen.
2. The Setpoints page contains all setpoints organized into groups and also a special group for entering the password.
3. The History log page shows the history log in order with the last record displayed first.
N OTE :
The picture below shows the structure of displayed data. The contents of each particular screen may be slightly different according to the firmware branch and version.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 80
MEASUREMENT
ENGINEER MODE ONLY
SETPOINTS
P O
HISTORY LOG
Time Date
16:00:00 16/11/2011
>15:00:00 16/11/2011
14:35:00 16/11/2011
19:20:00 14/11/2011
-1 Time Stamp
S TRUCTURE OF THE DISPLAYED DATA
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 81
5.4 View measured values
Press the button repeatedly until you see the main screen with the kW meter and mode
to select the requested screen within the measurement page. selector. Then press
MODE SELECTOR
or
ACTIVE POWER
T HE M AIN SCREEN
BREAKERS STATUS
ENGINE STATUS
POWER FACTOR
ENGINE SPEED
CURRENT PROCESS
TIMER
5.5 Setpoints – view and change
1. Press the button repeatedly until you see a screen with a list of setpoint groups. Then select the desired group by pressing the or buttons and finally press the
button to continue to the selected group.
2. Now you will see the list of setpoints which belong to the selected group together with their current setting. Use the or buttons again to select the setpoint you want to modify and press .
3. The current value of the setpoint will appear in the right part under the setpoint name and you can change it by pressing the or accelerate when the button is held down.
buttons. The rate of changing the value will
to discard it and return to the list of 4. Press the button to confirm the change or setpoints of the selected group.
5. Continue by changing another setpoint or press to return to the list of groups.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 82
L IST OF GROUPS OF SETPOINTS
L IST OF SETPOINTS WITHIN SELECTED GROUP
E DITING A SETPOINT
5.6 Browsing the history log
1. Press the button repeatedly until you see the main history log screen with the reason column and the latest record.
N OTE :
The records are numbered in reverse order, i.e. the latest (newest) record is “0” and older records have "-1", "-2", etc.
2. Use the button to move over columns within the selected record. Pressing it repeatedly will move cyclically through the columns, i.e. after the last column the first one will be displayed.
3. Use the buttons
4. Press the
and to move over the records.
button to select another display page.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 83
M AIN HISTORY LOG SCREEN
N OTE :
The first history record after the controller is switched on, programmed or watchdog reset occurs contains diagnostic values instead of operational values. Some fields in these records may have nonsense values. Do not take these values into account.
5.7 Browsing alarms
The Alarmlist and ECU Alarmlist are displayed on the last two screens in the measurement page. If the main screen is displayed, then the Alarmlist screen will appear automatically whenever a new
alarm occurs. It can be also displayed manually as described in the chapter View measured values .
Use the button to move over the alarms in the ECU Alarmlist. Details of the selected alarm are displayed in the bottom line.
Press the button to reset alarms.
Active alarms are displayed as white text on a black background. This means the alarm is still active, i.e. the appropriate alarm conditions are still present.
Inactive alarms are displayed as black text on a white background. This means the alarm is no longer active, i.e. the appropriate alarm conditions are gone.
Unconfirmed alarms are displayed with an asterisk. This means the alarm is still not acknowledged (confirmed).
Number of alarms
Active confirmed alarm
Active uncorfirmed alarm
Inactive unconfirmed alarm
A LARM L IST
Active but confirmed alarm
Selected alarm indicator
Active confirmed alarm,
DTC numeric form
Inactive unconfirmed alarm,
DTC numeric form
Selected alarm details
ECU A LARM L IST
Ecu AlarmList
*000600 (00258h)
________________________
FC 100 OC 1 FMI 1
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 84
N OTE :
The ECU AlarmList is visible only if an ECU is configured.
5.8 Entering the password
A password must be entered prior to adjusting setpoints that are password-protected. The password is located in the first group of setpoints and the method to enter or change the password is similar to
changing setpoints as described in the setpoints chapter .
N OTE :
It is possible to change only passwords of the same or lower level than the currently entered password!
N OTE :
Lost password?
Display the information screen which contains the serial number and a password decode number as described in the chapter below. Write down both numbers and send a request to retrieve the password to your local distributor containing these two numbers. You can also save and send an archive instead.
5.9 Controller information screen
1. Press the button repeatedly until you will see the main controller screen with the mode selector and kW analog meter.
2. Hold down the information screen.
button and simultaneously press the button to see the controller
3. The information screen will disappear automatically after 5 seconds.
4. Press the button again within 5 to switch to the language selection screen.
5. Press the button again to switch to the user interface mode selection screen. This screen also contains the serial number and password decode number.
6. Pressing the button
7. Press the button
next switches back to the information screen.
to get back to the controller main screen.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 85
1) Init Sreen is enabled
2) Init Screen is disabled
+
1)
+
2)
The information screen contains the following information:
Controller Name
Firmware identification string
Serial number of the controller
Firmware version, application version
Application type
Branch name
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 86
5.10 Controller language selection
There are two languages available in the controller. The default languages are English and Chinese.
The languages can be changed or modified during configuration in LiteEdit . See the LiteEdit
documentation for details.
To switch the controller language:
1. Display the information screen as described above.
2. While the information screen is still displayed, press the
3. The Language menu will appear, use the language.
or
button.
buttons to select the desired
4. Press to confirm the selection.
5.11 User interface mode selection
To switch the User interface mode , follow these instructions:
1. Display the information screen as described above.
2. While the information screen is still displayed, press the
3. The user interface mode menu will appear, use the desired mode.
or
button twice.
buttons to select the
4. Press to confirm the selection.
5.12 Display contrast adjustment
1. Press the button repeatedly until you see the main controller screen with the mode selector and kW analog meter.
2. Hold down the button and simultaneously press or decrease the contrast.
or repeatedly to increase
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 87
6 Function description
This chapter describes the most frequent situations in the gen-set control. Non-standard situations and combinations with a low probability of occurrence are not described.
6.1 Island operation flowchart
Gen-set ready
Start sequence
Start command: either pressing
START button in MAN mode or automatic start in AUT or TEST mode
Start not successful
StartFail alarm
Voltage and frequency stabilization not successful
Stabilization sequence
Connecting to the load
(closing GCB)
Continues automatically in AUT mode or by pressing GCB button in MAN mode
Gen. U/f alarm
Island operation (no regulation is performed)
Disconnecting load
(opening GCB)
Stop command: either pressing STOP button in
MAN mode, or automatic stop in AUT mode
GCB open command: pressing GCB button in MAN mode stop sequence
No
Stop command?
Yes
Cooling and stop sequence
Stop not successful
StopFail alarm
Fault reset
Gen-set not ready
Stop sequence continues
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 88
6.2 Parallel operation flowchart
Gen-set ready
Start sequence
Start command: either pressing
START button in MAN mode or automatic start in AUT or TEST mode
Start not successful
StartFail alarm
Stabilization sequence
Synchronization
Voltage and frequency stabilization not successful
Continues automatically in AUT mode or by pressing GCB button in MAN mode
Gen. U/f alarm
SynchroTimeout alarm
Synchronization not successful
Connecting to the load
(closing the GCB)
Soft loading
Parallel operation
(kW/PF regulation or kW/kVAr sharing)
Soft unloading
GCB open command: pressing GCB button in
MAN mode
Stop command: either pressing
STOP button in MAN mode, or automatic stop in AUT mode stop sequence
Disconnecting load
(opening GCB) Gen-set not ready
Fault reset
No
Stop command?
Yes
Cooling and stop sequence
StopFail alarm
Stop not successful
Stop sequence continues
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 89
6.3 Operating modes
Selecting the operating mode is done through MODE buttons on the front panel or by changing the
Controller mode setpoint (from the front panel or remotely).
N OTE :
If this setpoint is configured as password-protected, the correct password must be entered prior to attempting to change the mode.
N OTE :
The mode cannot be changed if Access Lock input is active.
The following binary inputs can be used to force one respective operating mode independent of the mode setpoint selection:
If the respective input is active the controller will change the mode to the respective position according to the active input. If multiple inputs are active, the mode will be changed according to priorities of the inputs. The priorities match the order in the list above. If all inputs are deactivated, the mode will return to the original position given by the setpoint.
6.3.1 OFF
The GCB will be opened and the engine will be immediately stopped in this mode without unloading and cooling. After that the controller will stay in Not ready status and cannot be started any way. The
buttons MCB , GCB , START , STOP including the appropriate binary inputs for external buttons are not active.
6.3.2 MAN
The engine can be started and stopped manually using the START and STOP buttons (or external buttons wired to the appropriate binary inputs) in MAN mode. When the engine is running, GCB can be closed to a dead bus or synchronizing can be started by the GCB button. Also MCB can be closed and opened manually using the MCB button, regardless of whether the mains are present or not. No
auto start is performed. No reaction to the inputs Sys Start/Stop
A loaded engine in MAN mode will perform Load sharing and VAR sharing , but will not take place within the power management.
N OTE :
The breakers are internally locked to close two voltages against each other without synchronizing! The controller will automatically recognize if the breaker can be just closed or must be synchronized.
C AUTION !
The MCB can be opened manually in MAN mode. Accidental opening of the MCB will cause the object
(load) to remain without power!!!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 90
6.3.3 AUT
The engine is started and stopped by the binary input Rem Start/Stop
(SPtM), by the Load demand auto start
function (SPtM) or by the Power management (MINT). The buttons MCB, GCB, START,
STOP including the appropriate binary inputs for external buttons are not active. The full start sequence up to the moment when the engine is loaded is automatic as well as unloading and the stop sequence.
W ARNING !
If a red alarm is present and the gen-set is in AUT mode, it can start by itself after all red alarms
become inactive and are acknowledged!!! To avoid this situation, adjust the setpoint Reset to MAN to
the ENABLED position.
6.3.4 TEST
SPtM only
The behaviour of the controller in TEST mode depends mainly on the setting of the ReturnFromTEST
setpoint.
Automatic return
Setpoint ReturnFromTEST = ENABLED.
The gen-set will be started when the controller is put into TEST mode and will remain running
unloaded. If a mains failure occurs, the MCB will be opened and after Transfer Del the GCB will be
closed and the gen-set will supply the load. After the mains have recovered, the delay
MainsReturnDel will count down and if it elapses and the mains are still ok, the controller will
synchronize back to the mains , transfer the load back to the mains (the maximum time that both
breakers are closed is determined by the BreakerOverlap setpoint) and
the gen-set will remain running unloaded again until the mode is changed .
Manual return
Setpoint ReturnFromTEST = DISABLED.
The gen-set will be started when the controller is put to TEST mode and will remain running unloaded.
If a mains failure occurs, the gen-set will take the load after it has started.
The load can be transferred to the gen-set also manually:
If the GCB button is pressed, the controller will synchronize to the mains, transfer the load to the gen-set (the maximum time that both breakers are closed is determined by the
BreakerOverlap setpoint) and then open the MCB.
If the MCB button is pressed, the controller will open the MCB, then wait for Transfer Del and
finally close the GCB.
When the load is supplied by the gen-set and the mains are healthy, pressing the MCB button will start reverse synchronizing and transfer the load back to the mains.
The gen-set remains running until the mode is changed.
Test with load
gen-set will be started as described above), but once started the controller will automatically either
synchronize to the mains (setpoint Synchro Enable = BOTH or FORWARD, binary input
ForwSyncDisabl is not active), transfer the load to the gen-set and then open the MCB. If the
mains Import/Export is measured (setpoint Im/EF input = Mains) then there is a time limitation
(setpoint Load Ramp ) for unloading and opening of the MCB. The MCB opens when the
Import/Export goes below 0 ± 5% of the Nominal Power . If the Load Ramp time elapsed and
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 91
Import/Export doesn't go below 0 ± 5% the alarm WrnTstOnLdFail becomes active and it's
recorded in the history. If the setpoint Im/EF input = EarthFltC then the MCB is opened after
delay given by setpoint BreakerOverlap .
Or
will make a switchover (setpoint Synchro Enable = NONE or REVERSE), i.e. open the MCB,
wait for Transfer Del and close the GCB.
After the binary input Rem TEST OnLd has been deactivated, the controller goes back to the previous
it will be AUT mode and the controller will either stay supplying the load if the mains have failed, or will transfer the load back to the mains.
N OTE :
During the BreakerOverlap time, when both breakers are closed, the load is controlled either to zero
Import/Export level (if the MCB has to be opened) or to zero level (if the GCB has to be opened).
Periodic exercises
The output from the Exercise timer 1
is internally connected to the Remote TEST binary input to
enable periodic testing of the gen-set.
The controller must have AUT mode selected by the mode buttons and the other “mode forcing” binary inputs must not be active to ensure proper function of the exercise.
N OTE :
If a shutdown or other red alarm occurs while the load is supplied from the gen-set and the mains are healthy, the load is switched back to the mains.
6.4 Engine start
6.4.1 Diesel engine
The setpoint Fuel Solenoid must be switched to the DIESEL position.
1. After the command for start is issued (pressing START button in MAN mode, auto start
condition is fulfilled in AUT mode or controller is switched to TEST mode), the output Prestart
is energized for time period given by the setpoint Prestart Time .
2. After the prestart has elapsed, the output Fuel Solenoid is energized and 0.5 after that the
starter motor is activated by energizing the output Starter .
3. When one or more of following conditions are met, the prestart and starter of both outputs are de-energized:
The engine speed exceeds the value of Starting RPM , or
One of additional running indication signals becomes active.
4. The controller remains in the Starting phase until the engine speed exceeds the value of
Starting RPM , after that it is considered as started and the
Idle period will follow.
5. The maximum duration that the starter motor is energized is determined by the setpoint
remains active during the pause. After the pause has elapsed, the next start attempt is
executed. The number of start attempts is given by the setpoint Crank Attempts .
6. Once the engine is started, the Idle
period follows. The binary output Idle/Nominal remains
inactive (as it was during the start). The idle period duration is adjusted by the setpoint Idle
7. After the idle period has finished, the output Idle/Nominal is activated and the start-up
sequence is finished. The stabilization phase follows.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 92
Fuel solenoid activated
500ms delay
Starter activated
Fuel solenoid = DIESEL
Starter deactivated
Yes
Yes
Starting RPM reached?
No
Starter deactivated
Engine is started
Another “engine running” symptom present?
No
No
Poil > Starting Poil or
Ugen > 25 Unom in at least one phase or
D+ input activated
Yes
MaxCrank time elapsed?
Yes
Last attempt?
Start fail alarm
No
Start pause
Starting RPM reached?
No
Yes
Yes
MaxCrank time elapsed?
Fuel solenoid deactivated
Engine is started
RPM Meas Fail alarm
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 93
6.4.2 Gas engine
The setpoint Fuel Solenoid must be switched to the GAS position.
1. After the command for start is issued (pressing START button in MAN mode, auto start
condition is fulfilled in AUT mode or controller is switched to TEST mode), the output Prestart
is energized for time period given by the setpoint Prestart Time .
2. After the prestart has elapsed, the starter motor is activated by energizing the output Starter .
3. When the engine speed exceeds 30RPM, the outputs Fuel Solenoid and Ignition are
energized.
4. When the engine speed exceeds value of Starting RPM , the starter motor is de-energized, the
engine is considered as started and the Idle period will follow.
C AUTION !
Additional running indication signals are not evaluated during the start of a gas engine. The
Pickup must be used in any case!
5. The maximum duration the starter motor is energized is determined by the setpoint MaxCrank
and ignition remain active during the pause. After the pause has elapsed, the next start
attempt is executed. The number of start attempts is given by the setpoint Crank Attempts .
6. Once the engine is started, the Idle
period follows. The binary output Idle/Nominal remains
inactive (as it was during the start). The idle period duration is adjusted by the setpoint Idle
7. After the idle period has finished, the output Idle/Nominal is activated and the start-up
sequence is finished. The stabilization phase follows.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 94
Fuel solenoid = GAS
Starter activated
30 RPM reached?
Fuel solenoid and Ignition activated
Starting RPM reached?
No
Yes
Starter deactivated
MaxCrank time elapsed?
Yes
No
Starter, Fuel solenoid, Ingition deactivated
Last attempt?
Yes
Engine is started
Start fail alarm
Start pause
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 95
N OTE :
The starting sequence will be interrupted at any time if a stop command comes.
N OTE :
The Underspeed protection starts to be evaluated 5 after the engine has been started (according to
point 4).
N OTE :
count down. After it has elapsed, the protections configured as engine running only will start to be evaluated.
Continue to the stabilization phase .
6.5 Stabilization
When the start-up sequence is finished, the gen-set goes into the stabilization phase. There are two
timers (setpoints) in this phase:
1.
Min Stab Time starts to count down just after the idle period has finished. Generator voltage
and frequency are not checked (respective protections are not evaluated) and the GCB cannot be closed even if the generator voltage and frequency are within limits.
2.
Max Stab Time starts to count down just after the idle period has finished. Generator voltage
and frequency are not checked (respective protections are not evaluated) but, opposite to the previous timer, the GCB can be closed (or synchronizing started) if generator voltage and frequency are within limits.
In situations where the GCB is closed automatically (AUT, TEST modes), the closing of GCB or starting of synchronization will occur in the first moment when the generator voltage and frequency will
get into limits and the Min Stab Time has already elapsed.
In the event that the generator voltage or frequency are not within limits within the Max Stab Time
period, the appropriate protection(s) will be activated and the gen-set will be cooled down and stopped.
N
OTE
:
N OTE :
The value of the Min Stab Time setpoint must be lower than the value of Max Stab Time setpoint.
Continue to the connecting to the load phase.
6.6 Connecting to the load
When the stabilization phase is finished, the gen-set can be connected to the load.
The command for connecting the gen-set to the load is issued either automatically (AUT, TEST modes) or manually by pressing the GCB button. The following conditions must be valid:
The gen-set is running and the Min Stab Time timer has elapsed.
The gen-set voltage and frequency are within limits.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 96
N OTE :
The governor and AVR must be adjusted properly to achieve these limits as the controller does not
perform any regulation and the regulation outputs have constant values given by the AVRi Bias and
There are two ways to connect the gen-set to the load (bus bar). This depends on the state of MCB feedback and on the measured mains/bus voltage.
6.6.1 Connecting to dead bus
SPtM: if the MCB is open, the bus bar is considered as voltage-free and the GCB is closed without synchronizing.
MINT: the measured bus voltage is also taken in account and it must be below 2% of the nominal bus voltage together with the open MCB to close the GCB without synchronizing.
N OTE :
If the group of gen-sets is activated and multiple gen-sets have to start simultaneously and connect to the empty bus bar, there is an internal logic to prevent closing of more GCBs to the bus bar at the same moment without synchronizing. One of the gen-sets will close the GCB, the others will wait and then they will synchronize to the first one.
N OTE :
There also is a protection of “Bus power loss sensing”. The “Bus Measure Error” is detected in MINT application when the voltage on the controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 seconds after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed.
The alarm is activated after 20s. However, the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons.
This protection can avoid e.g. potential direct closing of GCB while the controller’s bus conductors are unintentionally unplugged from the terminals.
6.6.2 Synchronizing
SPtM: If the MCB is closed, the bus bar is considered to have identical voltage as measured on the mains. If the mains voltage/frequency is within limits, the gen-set is first synchronized with the mains and then the GCB is closed.
MINT: If the measured bus voltage is within limits, the gen-set is first synchronized with the bus and then the GCB is closed.
The synchronizing consists of voltage matching and frequency/angle matching. The maximum
within this period of time, the Sync Timeout alarm will be issued.
N OTE :
The synchronization will be interrupted automatically if any of the necessary conditions disappear during the synchronization process.
When the controller starts to synchronize (the event will change to “Synchro”) and the Main Measuring screen is displayed, it will be automatically change to the Synchroscope screen for the entire duration of synchronization. After synchronization the Synchroscope screen is automatically changed back to the Main Measuring screen.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 97
N OTE :
It is also possible to change screens manually (arrows Up and Down) after displaying the
Synchroscope screen. In this case there is no automatic return to the Main Measuring screen after synchronization is finished.
Voltage matching
The gen-set voltage is regulated to match the mains/bus voltage with tolerance given by the setpoint
. The regulation is adjusted by the setpoints Voltage Gain and Voltage Int .
Frequency/angle matching
The gen-set frequency is regulated to match the mains/bus frequency first. The frequency regulation
for a time given by the setpoint Dwell Time and the voltage is matched too, then the
GCB is closed.
N OTE :
The GCB close command will be not issued if the Phase Window setpoint is set to 0. Synchronizing
will continue until the Sync Timeout alarm occurs or the GCB is closed externally.
N OTE :
The matching loops will continue to run even if the GCB close command has been already issued until the controller receives GCB feedback or a GCB fail alarm occurs. After the feedback has been received, the control loops are switched to load and power factor loops or load and power factor sharing respectively.
6.7 Parallel to mains operation – SPtM
SPtM only
After the gen-set has been synchronized to the mains, the
parallel to mains operation follows. It consists of the following phases:
6.7.1 Ramping the power up
The first phase of the PTM operation is ramping the gen-set up to the requested power level. The
speed of the ramp is given by the setpoint Load Ramp . The setpoint adjusts the ramp time for a
change from 0% to 100% of nominal power.
6.7.2 Load control
The load is maintained at the constant level given by the setpoint Baseload . Regulation adjustment
setpoints are available in the Sync/load control group.
N OTE :
In every moment when the requested load (e.g. baseload setpoint) changes, the ramp described in the chapter above will also take place.
6.7.3 Power factor control
active. Regulation adjustment setpoints are available in the Volt/PF control group.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 98
6.7.4 Object load dependent auto start
The gen-set can start and stop automatically according to the object load. To enable this function, the
the limit given by the setpoint PeakLevelStart and remains exceeded for a period longer than
. If the object load drops below PeakLevelStop , the gen-set will be stopped with the
same delay as during start. The gen-set load is controlled according to the selected mode (see above).
N OTE :
The gen-set will continue to run if the binary input Rem Start/Stop is active.
6.7.5 Ramping the power down
When a stop command is received
– e.g. the binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP
button is pressed – the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB. The ramp speed is
given by the setpoint Load Ramp
, the end level is given by GCB Open Level and the timeout for
finishing the ramping without reaching the open level is given by GCB open Del .
When the GCB button is pressed, the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB as well.
But after the GCB has been opened, the gen-set remains running until a stop command comes or the
GCB is pressed again to reclose the GCB.
Continue to the cool down and stop phase.
6.7.6 Peak load shaving
The gen-set can start and stop automatically according to the object load. An automatic start will occur
if the object load exceeds a given upper limit ( PeakLevelStart ) and remains exceeded for a given
period of time ( PeakAutS/S Del
). If the object load drops below a given lower limit ( PeakLevelStop ),
the gen-set will be stopped with the same delay period experienced during start.
Peak Level Start Start
Peak Level Stop Stop
Start
Stop
Covered by
Mains
Covered by
Gen-set
2:00 4:00 6:00 8:00 10:00 12:00 14:00 16:00 18:00 20:00 22:00 24:00 Time [h]
N OTE :
For this function it is necessary to use the IC-NT-CT-BIO7 extension module for measurement of
6.7.7 Export Limit
parameter is set to -100 kW. The rest, all peaks, are then covered by gen-set or by group of gen-sets.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 99
N OTE :
system from unwanted export. You may set maximum export value or you can set it negative to keep some import even in cases that there are abrupt load changes.
Import
Power Consumption of the Load
0
Required Power from gen-set
Controller decreases the required power from gen-set to maintain the constant level of Import from Mains as the load consumption decreases
0
No power is taken from the gen-set and the load consumption still goes down, so the Import from
Mains cannot be maintained on the constant level and it is starting to lower as well
Power imported from Mains
0
P RINCIPLE OF THE EXPORT LIMIT FUNCTION
– I MPORT
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 100
Export
Power Consumption of the Load
Load consumption goes to 0
0
Required Power from gen-set
Gen-set is still producing power to fulfill the export requirement to the Mains
Gen-set is only exporting below this level
0
0
Power exported to Mains
Negative value of
Import is Export
P RINCIPLE OF THE EXPORT LIMIT FUNCTION
– E XPORT
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 101
6.8 Parallel to mains operation – MINT
MINT only
If the MCB is closed (MCB feedback is present) and the gen-set has been synchronized to the bus
bar, the parallel to mains operation will follow. It consists of the following phases:
6.8.1 Ramping the power up
The first phase of the PTM operation is the ramping of the gen-set up to the desired power level derived from the system baseload or up to the load given by load sharing with other gen-sets
connected to the bus bar. The speed of the ramp is given by the setpoint Load Ramp . The setpoint
adjusts the ramp time for a change from 0% to 100% of nominal power.
6.8.2 Load control modes
There are two load control modes – system baseload and load sharing – which are selected by the
setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM . See the setpoint description for more information. If system baseload mode
is selected, the Load regulation loop is active to maintain the load at the requested level which is derived from the system baseload. Each running gen-set takes a relatively equal part of the system baseload.
In load sharing mode, the loop LS (load sharing) is active to maintain the load at the same relative level as the other loaded gen-sets in the group. The behaviour in this case is identical to multiple island mode.
N OTE :
The process of determining which gen-sets shall run is described in the power management chapter.
6.8.3 Power factor control
In system baseload mode the power factor is regulated to a constant value given by the setpoint
#SysPwrFactor . The PF regulation loop is active. In load sharing mode, also power factor sharing is
active to keep the power factor of all loaded gen-sets at an equal level. Regulation adjustment setpoints are available in the Volt/PF control group.
6.8.4 Ramping the power down
When a stop command is received
– e.g. power management or binary input Sys Start/Stop is
deactivated or the STOP button is pressed – the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the
GCB. The ramp speed is given by the setpoint Load Ramp
, the end level is given by GCB Open Level
and the timeout for finishing the ramping without reaching the open level is given by GCB Open Del .
When the GCB button is pressed, the gen-set load is ramped down before opening the GCB as well.
But after the GCB has been opened, the gen-set remains running until a stop command comes or the
GCB is pressed again to reclose the GCB.
Continue to the cool down and stop phase.
6.9 Island operation – SPtM
SPtM only
A situation where the MCB is open and the load is supplied from the gen-set is called Island operation .
This situation will occur in the following cases:
1. The GCB has been closed to a dead bus bar, or
2. The gen-set was running parallel to the mains and the MCB has been opened.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 102
Neither voltage nor a frequency regulation loop is active. Keeping voltage and frequency at rated values is the task of AVR and the governor.
When a stop command is received
– e.g. the binary input Sys Start/Stop is deactivated or the STOP
button is pressed – the GCB will be opened and the gen-set will go to cool down phase.
N OTE :
When using the GCB button in MAN mode, the gen-set will not go to cool down and stop.
6.9.1 Island to PtM transfers
SPtM only
If the mains are OK, the gen-set can be transferred back to the parallel to mains operation. The transfer can be done as no-break transfer ( Reverse synchronizing ) or break transfer ( Changeover ).
Which of these kinds will be performed depends on the binary input RevSyncDisable .
In AUT mode or TEST mode with automatic return, the reverse synchronizing or changeover is started automatically after the mains have been restored and remain healthy for a period given by the setpoint
MainsReturnDel . Reverse synchronizing can be started manually by pressing MCB button in MAN
mode.
Reverse synchronizing
GCB. In the event that the reverse synchronizing is not successful, RevSyncTimeout alarm is issued
and the gen-set continues in island operation. After the alarm has been reset, the gen-set can try to perform reverse synchronizing again.
Changeover
The changeover is performed if the reverse synchronizing is disabled with the RevSyncDisable binary
input.
The GCB is opened first and after a time period of Transfer Del the MCB is closed.
6.10 Island operation – MINT
MINT only
This chapter describes the situation where multiple gen-sets are running parallel to each other but not with mains. This situation will occur either when:
1. The common bus bar is dead due to opened MCB or there are no mains at all and the group of gen-sets has been activated, or
2. The group was running parallel to mains and the MCB has been opened.
N OTE :
The controller in MINT application does not control the MCB! Only the MCB position is evaluated from
the binary input MCB Feedback and
the position is the basic source of information for switching between island and parallel to mains operation .
If the bus bar is empty, the first gen-set will close its GCB without synchronizing. Following gen-sets will synchronize to the already energized bus bar. In the event that multiple gen-sets start simultaneously and the bus bar is empty, the system will prevent closing of multiple GCBs to the bus bar without synchronizing. Instead of this, one of the gen-sets will close the GCB and energize the bus bar and the others will wait and then synchronize to the bus bar.
When a stop command is received, e.g. from the power management or binary input Sys Start/Stop is
deactivated or the STOP button is pressed, the GCB will be opened and the gen-set will go to cool down phase.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 103
N OTE :
Using the GCB button in MAN mode the gen-set will not go to cool down and stop.
Continue to the cool down and stop phase.
6.11 Power management
MINT only
The power management is related to MINT application only. Power management is the process of automatic starts and stops of gen-sets within the group, depending on current load, state of the gensets and other conditions.
6.11.1 The concept
The power management is based on the load of the gen-sets, i.e. next gen-set will start when the load of the group raises above certain level. A next gen-set will stop, when the load drops down below a certain level. The process of determining of starts and stops is done in each controller; there is no
"master" in the system. Each of the controllers can be switched off without influencing the complete system (except the situation when the respective gen-set will be not available...)
The load of the group is evaluated as so called reserve . The reserve is calculated as difference between actual and nominal load of running gen-sets. The reserve can be calculated as absolute (in kW) or relative (in %)
. Use the setpoint #PowerMgmt Mode to set the calculation method.
N OTE :
Power management based on relative reserves perfectly fits for applications, where the load portions connected to the group at once are much lower than the gen-set capacity. This mode helps to achieve maximal lifetime of the gen-sets, as they can be operated within optimal load range. The maximal size of the load connected at once depends on number of actually working gen-sets . The more gen-sets are connected to the busbar, the bigger a load portion can be connected at once.
Power management based on absolute reserves can be successfully used also for cases where the load portions are similar to the gen-set capacity or even bigger. The goal of the absolute reserve mode is that the system provides always the same reserve power capacity independent of how many gen-sets are currently running and this why this mode perfectly fits for industrial plants with large loads.
There is a new way of power management implemented (Efficient mode; LDS) since version IC-NT
2.0. Basic principles and functions are explained in the chapter below.
C
AUTION
!
The function of the controller is designed to handle the maximum sum of nominal power at 32000kW
(3200.0kW, depending on the power format in the controller). If the sum of nominal power of all gensets connected to the intercontroller CAN exceeds these values the power format needs to be changed accordingly.
Example: There are 20 gen-sets each with 1000kW of nominal power. The sum of the nominal power is 20000kW. Therefore the decimal power format in 0.1kW cannot be used because the sum exceeds
32767. Therefore power format in kW needs to be chosen.
6.11.2 Basics
The setpoint Pwr Management enables and disables the gen-set to be active within the power
management of the group and make automatic load demand start/stop or swap. If the power
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 104
management is disabled, the gen-set will run or not depending only on the binary input Sys
Start/Stop and the start and stop will not depend on the load of the group.
The binary input Sys Start/Stop activates and deactivates the gen-set. If the input is not active,
the gen-set will stop with delay #SysAMFstopDel after the input has been deactivated and will
not start again. It can be started in MAN mode only. When the input is activated again, the
delay #SysAMFstrtDel will start to count down and after that the gen-set is activated and can
start due to power management.
N OTE :
The gen-set will take part of the power management (= will be active) only if the controller is in AUT mode!
N OTE :
The gen-set performs load and VAR sharing whenever it is connected to the busbar i.e. it is independent on whether the controller is in AUT or MAN mode or whether the power management is active or not.
6.11.3 Reserves, minimal running power
The value 𝟏𝟎𝟎 ∙ (𝟏 −
∑ 𝑷 𝒂𝒄𝒕
∑ 𝑷 𝒏𝒐𝒎
) [%] is called relative reserve. It is the difference between the actual relative load and 100%.
The value
∑ 𝑷 𝒏𝒐𝒎
− ∑ 𝑷 𝒂𝒄𝒕
[kW] is called absolute reserve. It is the difference between the actual load of the group and the nominal capacity of currently loaded gen-sets.
∑ 𝑃 𝑎𝑐𝑡
Running ActPwr = the sum of the actual load of all active gen-sets within the group,
that are connected to the bus. In parallel to mains operation and baseload mode the baseload level is used in the equation instead of the actual gen-sets load.
∑ 𝑃 𝑛𝑜𝑚
Running NomPwr = the sum of the nominal power of all active gen-sets within the
group, that are connected to the bus.
If the current system reserve drops below the adjusted reserve for start , the delay
#NextStrt Del will start to count down on the gen-sets, which have decided to start. If the
reserve remains under the limit for the entire countdown period, the gen-set(s) will start.
If the system reserve drops below zero (i.e. the system is overloaded), the delay
#OverldNext Del will start to count down on the gen-sets, which have decided to start. If the
reserve remains under the limit for the whole countdown period, the gen-set(s) will start.
If the system reserve goes above over the adjusted reserve for stop , the delay
#NextStopDel will start to count down on the gen-sets, which have decided to stop. If the
reserve still remains over the limit, the gen-sets will stop.
There are two pairs of setpoints for adjusting reserves for start and stop. Normally the pair
is active. By the binary input Load Reserve 2 the
second pair #LoadResStrt 2 and #LoadResStop 2 is activated.
With adjusting nonzero value to the setpoint #Min Run Power and activating the function by
binary input Min Run Power => based on the nominal power, the gen-sets needed for equalizing the actual MinRunPower requirement are started (or kept running even if stop reserve is fulfilled). Note, that LBI’s Min Run Power needs to be activated on all gen-sets in the same time.
6.11.4 Priorities
The priority of the gen-set within the group is determined by the setpoint Priority . A lower
number represents “higher” priority, i.e. a gen-set with a lower number will start before another one with higher number.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 105
For Load Demand Star/Stop regime:
-
If the binary input Top Priority is active, the gen-set gets highest priority (0)
independent of the setpoint setting.
- If more than one gen-set have the same priority, they will act as “one big” gen-set.
For Load Demand Swap regime and
Run Hour Equalisation :
- Priorities are managen automatically by the controller and value written in the setpoint is ignored
-
Binary input Top Priority has no function
6.11.5 Load Demand Start/Stop
The controller will decide to start the gen-set at the moment when the reserve has dropped below the reserve for start and the gen-sets with higher priorities (lower priority numbers), that are available for power management, do not have enough capacity to get the reserve back over the start level or cannot fulfil the adjusted minimal running power
The controller will decide to stop the gen-set at the moment when the reserve has increased over the reserve for stop and the gen-sets with higher priorities (lower priority numbers), that are available for power management, have enough capacity to keep the reserve over the start level and also can fulfil the adjusted minimal running power
N OTE :
When evaluating the stop condition, the controller computes actual reserve without taking in account its own nominal power, i.e. it evaluates how the reserve will be if the respective gen-set stops.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 106
Load
[kW]
P g_nom_1
+P g_nom_2
+P g_nom_3
[kW]
LoadRes Strt [kW]
P g_nom_1
+P g_nom_2
[kW]
LoadRes Stop [kW]
LoadRes Strt [kW]
P g_nom_1
[kW]
LoadRes Stop [kW]
LoadRes Stop [kW] t
#SysAMFstopDel
Sys Start/Stop
Gen-set 1 running
Gen-set 2 running
Gen-set 3 running
#SysAMFstrtDel
#NextStrt Del
P OWER MANAGEMENT WITH ABSOLUTE RESERVES t
< #NextStrt Del
#NextStrt Del
#NextStop Del
#NextStop Del
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 107
Load
[kW]
100% P g_nom_1
+P g_nom_2
+P g_nom_3
LoadRes Strt [%]
100% P g_nom_1
+P g_nom_2
LoadRes Stop [%]
LoadRes Strt [%]
100% P g_nom_1
LoadRes Stop [%]
LoadRes Stop [%] t
< #NextStrt Del t
Sys Start/Stop
Gen-set 1 running
Gen-set 2 running
Gen-set 3 running
#SysAMFstrtDel
#NextStrt Del
#SysAMFstopDel
#NextStop Del
#NextStrt Del
#NextStop Del
P OWER MANAGEMENT WITH RELATIVE RESERVES
6.11.6 Reaction to alarms
If a Shutdown or BOC alarm occurs, the gen-set will be taken out from the power management and the next gen-set will start if necessary.
If a Slow stop alarm occurs, the gen-set will be taken out from the power management, but the alarm will be suppressed for a definite period of time to give the next gen-set chance to start and connect to the bus to get the reserve back over the start level. The alarm is suppressed until the reserve gets back over the start level (this can occur either because the next gen-set has connected to the bus or the load has decreased) or the timeout given by the setpoint
#SlowStopDel has elapsed. The alarm will not be suppressed if there is no other available
gen-set that can start.
6.11.7 Related binary inputs
1.
2.
3.
4.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 108
6.11.8 Related binary outputs
1.
2.
3.
6.11.9 Load Demand Swap
There is a new way of power management implemented (Efficient mode; LDS) since version IC-NT
2.0. Basic principles and functions are explained in the chapter below.
C AUTION !
MainsCompact NT is not supported for use with IC-NT 2.0+ firmware. Please use IC-NT 1.4.5 instead.
Principles of the Load Demand Swap (#PriorAutoSwap = EFFICENT)
To evaluate, which gen-set will start as next, two situations need to be distinguished:
1) First start (activation of Sys Start/Stop binary input)
2) Already running group of gen-sets
Add1) master controller (the one with the lowest CAN address) makes the calculation and sorts all the gen-sets in the group based on their nominal power and running hours from the biggest to smallest. Gen-set which fulfils following formula will be selected:
P nom
< #LoadResStrt 1
Where P nom
is the nominal power of the selected gen-set
If two gen-sets with the same nominal power are available, the one with least amount of run hours is started.
Add2) a) Master controller on the fly sorts available gen-sets based on their nominal power from the biggest to smallest b) If two or more gen-sets with the same nominal power are available, least amount of run hours is preferred (lower run hours = higher priority) c) Selection of which gen-set has to start next is from the bottom of the list to the top (small genset starts first) following formula:
P nom
> Load demand + #LoadResStrt 1
Where P nom
is the nominal power of selected gen-set d) If load demand is higher than nominal power of the biggest gen-set, this one is fixed and the whole process repeats from c). e) For gen-sets with the same nominal power also run hour equalization will be performed.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 109
Example:
#PowerMgmtMode = ABS
#LoadResStrt 1 = 20kW
#LoadResStop 1 = 30kW
G1 G2
50kW 100kW
100h 100h
CAN 2
G3 G4
300kW 50kW
100h 0h
Load Demand Swap related setpoints and values:
6.11.10 Related binary inputs
1.
2.
3.
6.11.11 Related binary outputs
1.
2.
3.
6.11.12 “How to” examples:
How to set EFFICENT mode (Load demand swap function); available since IC-NT 2.0
In Pwr management setpoint group:
make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)
set #PowerMgmtMode = ABS (kW)
set #PriorAutoSwap = EFFICIENT
select appropriate load reserve for start (#LoadResStrt 1)
select appropriate reserve for stop (#LoadResStop 1)
set suitable delay for power band change (PwrBnChngDlUp / PwrBnChngDlDn)
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 110
How to set Load demand start/stop power management (Load Demand Start/Stop)
In Pwr management setpoint group:
make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)
set #PowerMgmtMode = ABS (kW) or REL (%)
set the priority of the gen-set (Priorty)
set #PriorAutoSwap = DISABLED (controller will not change priorities in the background and will respect the value set in Priority setpoint)
select appropriate load reserve for start (#LoadResStrt 1)
select appropriate reserve for stop (#LoadResStop 1)
How to set Running hours equalization function
In Pwr management setpoint group:
make sure Power Management is enabled (Pwr Management = ENABLED)
set #PriorAutoSwap = RUN HOURS
select appropriate #RunHoursBase if necesary
select appropriate #RunHrsMaxDiff to set maximum allowed Running hours difference between gen-sets
6.11.13 Related setpoints and values
and values are collected to the
Power management setpoint, namely the values group.
6.12 AMF function
SPtM only
The “AMF function” represents the automatic start in the event that the mains have failed and stop after the mains have been restored. The automatic start can be enabled or disabled by the setpoint
N OTE :
The AMF function works only in AUT mode!
6.12.1 Mains failure detection
The mains are considered as faulty when one or more of the following conditions are valid:
The Vector shift protection occurs.
The MCB close command was not successful and the alarm MCB fail still was not reset.
The binary input Ext MF Relay is active.
Vector shift
If a mains failure occurs during parallel to mains operation, in most cases it causes a fast change of the generator load. This change can be measured as a jump of the vector of the generator voltage and evaluated as a symptom of mains failure. The vector shift limit for evaluation of a mains failure is
adjustable by the setpoint VectorShiftLim .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 111
N OTE :
Vector shift is evaluated only while the gen-set is working parallel to the mains.
If vector shift protection is activated mains circuit breaker is opened.
6.12.2 Healthy mains detection
The mains are considered to be healthy when all of following conditions are valid:
The mains voltage is within the limits given by the setpoints Mains >V and Mains <V .
The mains frequency is within the limits given by the setpoints Mains >Freq and Mains <Freq .
The alarm MCB fail is not active.
The binary input Ext MF Relay is not active.
N OTE :
There is a hysteresis for Mains under and over voltage added in the same way as in the InteliLiteNT family.
6.12.3 The AMF procedure
When the mains failure is detected, the following steps are performed:
1. If the setpoint MCB Opens On is set to MAINSFAIL, the MCB is opened
2. The timer for automatic start of the gen-set EmergStart Del begins to count down.
3. After the timer has elapsed, the gen-set is started.
N OTE :
The automatic start of the gen-set due to AMF function can be disabled by the input
MainsFailBlock . If the gen-set is already running and the input is activated, the gen-set will
cool down and stop. The control of breakers is not affected by this input.
4. If the setpoint MCB Opens On is set to GENRUN, the MCB is opened once the generator
voltage is within limits.
5. If the mains are restored to health and the gen-set is still not connected to the load, the controller interrupts the startup process and closes back the MCB.
6. The GCB is closed and the gen-set begins to supply the load.
7. After the mains are restored to normal, the timer MainsReturnDel begins to count down and
when finished, either reverse synchronizing or switchover is performed. This depends on the
binary input RevSyncDisable . If active, switchover is performed instead of reverse
synchronizing.
8. Maximum time between closing of GCB and opening MCB is given by the setpoint
9. If no demand for parallel operation is active (binary input Rem Start/Stop ), the GCB is opened
and the gen-set cools down and a stop follows.
N OTE :
For a description of how to make a test of AMF function, see the chapter operating modes , TEST
mode paragraph.
6.13 Engine cool down and stop
The cool down phase follows after the stop command has been issued and the GCB has been opened.
Duration of the cool down phase is determined by the setpoint Cooling Time .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 112
Cooling is performed either at nominal speed (generator voltage and frequency protections are evaluated) or at idle speed (generator voltage and frequency protections are not
evaluated). Selection of the speed is done by the setpoint Cooling Speed .
The cool down can be finished manually in MAN mode by pressing the STOP button.
If a new start request comes, the cool down will be interrupted and the gen-set will go back to the stabilization phase. If the cooling was at nominal speed, the stabilization timers will not count down again so the GCB is immediately ready to be closed.
When the cool down is finished, the output Fuel Solenoid is de-energized and Stop Solenoid is
energized. The engine will stop within the time period determined by the setpoint Stop Time . If the
engine does not stop within this time, the alarm Stop fail will be issued.
is energized until the engine is stopped, but at least for the duration of Stop
Time . If the Stop time has elapsed and the engine has still not stopped, the stop solenoid is de-
energized for 5 s and then energized again for max. Stop time and this repeats until the engine is stopped.
The output Ignition is continuously energized until the engine is stopped.
6.13.1 Stopped gen-set evaluation
The gen-set is considered as stopped when all of following conditions are valid:
The engine speed is lower than 2 revs (RPM).
The generator voltage in all phases is lower than 50 V.
None of additional running indication signals is active. See the chapter Speed sensing for
details.
6.14 Alarm management
The controller evaluates two levels of alarms. Level 1 – yellow alarm – is a pre-critical alarm that is only informative and does not take any action regarding gen-set control. Level 2 – red alarm – represents a critical situation, where an action must be taken to prevent damage of the gen-set or technology.
One alarm of any type can be assigned to each binary input
Two alarms (one yellow and one red type) can be assigned to each analog input
There are also built-in alarms with fixed alarm types.
Each alarm is written to the Alarmlist .
Each alarm causes a record to be written into the history log.
Each alarm activates the Alarm and Horn output.
Each alarm can cause sending of a SMS message or an e-mail.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 113
Analog value
Red alarm level
Yellow alarm level
No alarm issued
Yellow alarm issued
Red alarm issued alarm delay alarm delay
Time [s] t < alarm delay
A NALOG INPUT ALARM EVALUATION PRINCIPLE
6.14.1 Alarm handling
There are two different alarm categories regarding the period when the alarms are evaluated.
1) The alarm is evaluated all the time when the controller is switched on.
2) The alarm is evaluated only when the engine is running . This type should be used for e.g. oil pressure. These alarms begin to be evaluated after the engine has been
started with the delay given by the setpoint ProtectHoldOff .
3) The alarm is evaluated only when the generator is excited . These alarms begin to be
evaluated after the engine has been started and Max Stab Time has elapsed or the
GCB has been closed. They remain evaluated until cooling has finished. Only
Generator under/overvoltage , Generator voltage unbalance
and Generator under/overfrequency belong to this category. This category is not configurable to
binary and analog input alarms.
If an alarm is being evaluated and the appropriate alarm condition is fulfilled, the delay of evaluation will start to run. The delay is adjustable by a setpoint (in the case of built-in alarms, analog input alarms) or is fixed to 500ms (in the case of binary input alarms). If the conditions persist, the alarm will activate . The alarm will not activate if the condition is dismissed while the delay is still running.
After pressing the Fault reset
button or activating the binary input FaultResButton , all active
alarms change to confirmed state. Confirmed alarms will disappear from the Alarmlist as soon as the respective condition dismisses. If the condition is dismissed before acknowledging the alarm, the alarm will remain in the Alarmlist as Inactive
. See also the Browsing alarms
chapter.
N OTE :
The input Sd Override can be used for temporary disabling of red alarms to shutdown the engine. This
input may be used in situations where providing the power is extremely important – e.g. if the gen-set drives pumps for fire extinguishers (sprinklers).
6.14.2 Alarm states
An alarm can have following states:
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 114
Active alarm : the alarm condition persists, alarm delay has elapsed.
Inactive alarm : the alarm condition has disappeared, but the alarm has not been confirmed.
Confirmed alarm : the alarm condition persists, but the alarm has already been confirmed.
6.14.3 Alarm types – Yellow level
The yellow alarm indicates that a value or parameter is out of normal limits, but has still not reached critical level. Obviously it is indicated by a yellow colour. This alarm does not cause any actions regarding the gen-set control.
Warning (WRN)
The Warning alarm does not perform any actions regarding gen-set control.
6.14.4 Alarm types – Red level
The red level alarm indicates that a critical level of the respective value or parameter has been reached. Obviously it is indicated by red colour. The controller will take one of the following actions:
Breaker open and cool down (BOC)
The BOC (electric trip) alarm category is used above all for built-in alarms assigned to the generator electric values (voltage, current, power, etc.). The GCB is opened immediately, but after that the engine will perform the standard stop procedure including cooling.
Slow stop (STP)
The Slow stop alarm differs from the BOC in that the gen-set will perform a soft unload before opening the GCB (if possible). After that the standard stop procedure including cooling follows.
N OTE :
will wait until another gen-set is started (if there is at least one available) before unloading and
Shutdown (SD)
The Shutdown alarm opens the GCB immediately and stops the engine immediately without cooling.
N OTE :
It is not possible to start the engine if any red level protection is active or not confirmed.
C AUTION !
The gen-set can start by itself after acknowledging the alarms if there is no longer an active red alarm and the controller is in AUT or TEST mode!
6.14.5 Sensor fail detection (FLS)
If the measured resistance (or voltage or current in case of IGS-PTM module) on an analog input exceeds the valid range, a sensor fail will be detected and a sensor fail message will appear in the
Alarmlist. The valid range is defined by the most-left (R
L
) and most-right (R
H
) points of the sensor characteristic ±12.5% from R
H
-R
L
.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 115
Bar
10.6
10
Sen sor
fa il a rea
0
12.5% of the sensor range
10
100% of the sensor range
Sensor fail limit would be -1
Ohm what is physically imposible so sensor fail is not detected even for 0 ohm
First point of the curve
S ENSOR FAIL EVALUATION EXAMPLE
N OTE :
The sensor fail alarm does not influence the gen-set operation.
180 191 Ω
Last point of the curve
Sensor fail limit
6.14.6 Remote alarm messaging
If a GSM modem and/or Internet Bridge are connected to the controller, the controller can send SMS messages and/or emails at the moment when a new alarm appears in the Alarmlist. The message will contain a copy of the Alarmlist.
To enable this function, you should select with setpoints Yel Alarm Msg and Red Alarm Msg the levels
of alarms to be announced (red/yellow/both) and also enter a valid GSM phone number and/or e-mail
address to the setpoints TelNo/Addr Ch1
and TelNo/Addr Ch2 . It is possible to set either a GSM
number or e-mail at both setpoints.
The list of all supported terminals shows the table below:
Terminal
Active alarm sms
Active event sms
Active alarm email
Active event email
IB-Lite
IB-NT
IL-NT-GPRS
NA yes yes
NA yes yes yes yes
Not supported yes yes*
Not supported
*since IB-NT 2.2.0
Controller is capable to detect which communication terminal is connected to the network and send
the email/SMS via the active one. InternetBridge-NT is preferred terminal if more possibilities are
detected.
N OTE :
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 116
An internet module must be available for sending e-mails and a GSM modem is necessary for sending
SMS. See the Communications chapter for more information.
6.14.7 Alarmlist
Alarmlist is a container of active and inactive alarms. It will appear automatically on the controller display, if a new alarm occurs, or can be displayed manually from the display menu
It can contain up to 16 alarms, but the first 7 are visible on the screen. If it is full, recently coming alarms are not displayed.
Active alarms are shown as inverted, not yet confirmed alarms are marked with asterisk before them.
An alarm message in the alarmlist begins with a prefix, which represents the alarm type
(e.g. WRN ). Then the alarm name follows. In some cases the prefix can be omitted.
N OTE :
The Alarmlist can be read out from the controller via Modbus. See the Modbus description chapter.
6.14.8 ECU Alarmlist
The ECU Alarmlist contains alarms that are received from the ECU. The alarms are represented by the Diagnostic Trouble Code, which contains information about the subsystem where the alarm occurred, the alarm type and the alarm occurrence counter.
The most common fault codes are translated into text form. Other fault codes are displayed as a numeric code and the engine fault codes list must be used to determine the reason.
N
OTE
:
The ECU AlarmList is visible only if an ECU is configured.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 117
6.14.9 Built-in alarms
ANSI CODE P ROTECTION (A LARM )
12
14
32
32R
59, 27
47
47
81H, 81L
51
50
46
Forward synchronization timeout
Reverse synchronization timeout
6.15 History log
The history log is an area in the controller ’s non-volatile memory that records “snapshots” of the system at moments when important events occur. The history log is important especially for diagnostics of failures and problems. Its capacity is over 100 records and it works as FIFO, i.e. the newest record overwrites the oldest one.
Each record has the same structure and contains:
The event which caused the record (e.g. “Overspeed alarm” or “GCB closed”)
The date and time when it was recorded
All important data values like RPM, kW, voltages, etc. from the moment that the event occurred.
B ASIC VALUES
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 118
N AME
Number
Reason Reason
Date
Time
RPM
Power
Power Factor
Load Character
Generator Voltage
Generator Voltage
Generator Voltage
Generator Current
Generator Current
Generator Current
Oil Pressure
Engine Temperature
Fuel Level
Analog Input Module
Analog Input Module
Analog Input Module
Analog Input Module
Binary Inputs
Binary Input Module
Date
Binary Inputs/Outputs
Extension
BIOE
Binary Outputs BOUT
Binary Outputs Module BOM
Ig1
Ig2
Ig3
OilP
EngT
FLvl
AIM1
AIM2
Time
RPM
Pwr
PF
LChr
Vg1
Vg2
Vg3
AIM3
AIM4
BIN
BIM
A BBREVIATION D ESCRIPTION
Num
Row number (0 corresponds to the last record, -1 to the previous one, etc.)
Reason for history record (any event or alarm related to the gen-set
Oil pressure measured on the first analog input
Engine temperature measured on the second analog input
Fuel level measured on the third analog input
Analog input 1 on IG-IOM extension module
Analog input 2 on IG-IOM extension module
Analog input 3 on IG-IOM extension module
Analog input 4 on IG-IOM extension module
Binary inputs on IG-IOM extension module
Speed Regulator Output SRO
Voltage Regulator Output VRO
Extension Module Binary Inputs/Outputs
Binary outputs on IG-IOM extension module
Speed regulator output (see chapter Speed Governor
Voltage regulator output (see chapter AVR Interface )
ECU values
ECU VALUES
N AME
A BBREVIATION
EFR
ECT
EIT
EOP
EOT
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 119
ECU Percent load at current speed
ECU Fault Code
Failure Mode Identifier
SPtM specific values
SP T M VALUES
N AME A BBREVIATION
Mains Frequency
Mains Voltage
Mains Voltage
Mains Voltage
Mains Active Power
Mains Reactive Power
Mains Power Factor
Mains Load Character
Mains Vector Shift
Mfrq
Vm1
Vm2
Vm3
Pmns
Qmns
MPF
MLCh
MVS
EBP
EPL
EFL
FC
FMI
D ESCRIPTION
MINT specific values
Information about gen-sets with GCB closed and their overall P and Q. Values can be also found in
LiteEdit Values / Pwr Management and Info (LE ver. 4.4 and higher).
MINT VALUES
N AME A BBREVIATION D ESCRIPTION
Bus Frequency
Bus Voltage
Bus Voltage
Bus Voltage
ActualReserve
Bfrq
Vb1
Vb2
Vb3
Ares
GensLoaded16
GensLoaded32
Running ActPwr
Running Q-Pwr
Running Nominal Power
GL16
GL32
TRPA
TRQA
TRPN
Each bit if set represents gent-set with its GCB closed
Each bit if set represents gent-set with its GCB closed
Overall power from gen-set with its GCB closed
Overall reactive power from gen-set with its GCB closed
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 120
Available Nominal Power APN
N OTE :
The contents of the history log will be deleted after programming firmware or configuration into the controller.
The history log can be displayed on the controller screen
the history log offline.
N OTE :
The first history record after the controller is switched on, programmed or a watchdog reset occurs contains diagnostic values instead of operational values. Some fields in these records may seem to have nonsense values. Do not take these values into account.
6.16 Exercise timers
There are two exercise timers available in the controller, which are based on the RTC clock. They are both identical.
Each timer has the following settings (in the Date/Time setpoint group).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 121
6.16.1 MINT
No Func
There is no function other than activation of the binary outputs Exerc Timer 1 or
Mode
OFF
When this option is chosen, the Timer output is also internally connected to the
AutoRun When this option is chosen, the Timer directly starts gen-set (in AUT mode).
6.16.2 SPtM
No Func
There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer 1 or Exerc Timer 2
activation.
Mode
OFF
When this option is chosen, the Timer output is also internally connected to the
MFail Blk
When this option is chosen, the Timer output is also internally connected to the
TEST
When this option is chosen, the Timer output is also internally connected to the
TEST
OnLd
When this option is chosen, the Timer output is also internally connected to the
The timer outputs are available as binary outputs Exerc Timer 1 and Exerc Timer 2 .
N OTE :
Timers are activated even in the middle of the cycle. This means that even when the controller is switched on after the moment when the timer should have been started and before it should have finished, the timer is activated for the remainder of the duration period.
Timer functions can be activated only in AUT mode (not in OFF, MAN or TEST). There are 2 timers.
In the event that both Timers are active at the same time, Timer 1 has a higher priority than Timer 2 .
6.17 Analog switches
One analog switch (comparator) is assigned to each analog input to the controller. The switches are suitable for preheat control, day tank fuel pump control and others.
Associated setpoints are located in the setpoint group Analog switches .
One binary output is associated with each switch
The behaviour of the switch depends on the adjustment of the setpoints.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 122
SWITCH
OUTPUT
ON
OFF
LEVEL OFF
LEVEL ON > LEVEL OFF
LEVEL ON ANALOG VALUE
SWITCH
OUTPUT
ON
LEVEL ON < LEVEL OFF
OFF
LEVEL ON LEVEL OFF ANALOG VALUE
6.18 Power switch
There is also one switch assigned to the gen-set active power, which is called the Power switch . The setpoints for on and off level adjustment are located in the setpoint group Analog switches . The output
is provided as the binary output Power switch .
The behaviour of the switch depends on the adjustment of the setpoints.
SWITCH
OUTPUT
LEVEL ON > LEVEL OFF
ON
OFF
LEVEL OFF LEVEL ON ANALOG VALUE
SWITCH
OUTPUT
ON
OFF
LEVEL ON
LEVEL ON < LEVEL OFF
LEVEL OFF ANALOG VALUE
6.19 Regulation loops
The following table shows which setpoints influence regulation in which situation.
6.19.1 SPtM
S PEED REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR SINGLE GEN SET APPLICATION
I SLAND L OADED ISLAND P ARALLEL TO M AINS
Running
GCB opened
GCB closed
MCB opened
Synchronizing
L OADED IN P ARALLEL
TO M AINS
GCB closed
MCB closed
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 123
SRO output value =
SRO output value =
V OLTAGE REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR SINGLE GEN SET APPLICATION
I SLAND L OADED ISLAND P ARALLEL TO M AINS L OADED IN P ARALLEL TO M AINS
Running
GCB opened
GCB closed
MCB opened
Synchronizing
GCB closed
MCB closed
Voltage control loop: Voltage control loop:
6.19.2 MINT
S PEED REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR MULTIPLE GEN SET APPLICATION
I
SLAND
Running
GCB opened
Running
GCB opened
L
OADED ISLAND
GCB closed
MCB opened
GCB closed
MCB opened
P
ARALLEL TO
M
Synchronizing
AINS
L OADED IN
P
ARALLEL TO
M AINS
GCB closed
MCB closed
SRO output value =
background nominal frequency matching
V OLTAGE REGULATOR OUTPUT FOR MULTIPLE GEN SET APPLICATION
M ULTIPLE ISLAND
M ULTIPLE LOADED
ISLAND
M ULTIPLE PARALLEL TO
M AINS
M
TO M AINS
ULTIPLE LOADED IN P ARALLEL
Synchronizing
GCB closed
MCB closed
Voltage control loop:
The following regulation loops are built into the controller. All of them are PI type except angle loop, which is P type.
N OTE :
Since IC-NT SW v. 1.4.1 only the first controller (with the lowest address at the CAN has) active voltage control loop. Other controllers are adapting voltage according to bus to the first one. All controllers have active VAr Share regulation loop.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 124
6.19.3 Regulation control loops overview
Speed/frequency control loop
The speed/frequency control loop is active during the synchronization, when the gen-set frequency is controlled to the same value as the mains or bus have, i.e. to achieve zero slip frequency.
Differential angle control loop
The differential angle control loop is active during the synchronization, when the “near to zero” slip frequency has been successfully achieved and then the differential angle between generator and mains/bus voltage shall be reduced to zero.
Power control loop
The power control loop is active during the parallel to mains operation. The recognition of parallel to
mains operation is done on the basis of the binary input MCB feedback . In MINT the setpoint
#SysLdCtrl PtM must be also set to BASELOAD.
Load sharing control loop
is not active or the setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM is in LDSHARING position.
Voltage control loop
The voltage control loop is active during synchronization (the generator voltage is controlled to the same value as the mains or bus have) and during island operation in SPtM (the gen-set voltage is controlled to the nominal voltage). During multiple island operation in MINT, the voltage control loop is also running “in the background” of the VAr sharing loop (using P, I parameters multiplied by 0.1) to maintain the voltage at the nominal level.
N OTE :
Since IC-NT SW v. 1.4.1 only the first controller (with the lowest address at the CAN has) active voltage control loop. Other controllers are adapting voltage according to bus to the first one. All controllers have active VAr Share regulation loop.
Power factor control loop
The power factor control loop is active during the parallel to mains operation. The recognition of
parallel to mains operation is done on the basis of the binary input MCB feedback .
VAr sharing control loop
The VAr sharing control loop is active during multiple island operation in MINT application.
6.19.4 PI regulation adjustment
The exact adjustment of a PI loop always depends on the engine and generator characteristics.
However, a general rule can be followed in the beginning of the adjustment process:
Prepare the system for adjustment, i.e. set the limits for related alarms temporarily to values which will disable the alarms, set the synchro timeout to the maximum value, etc.
Adjust the gain to 5% and integration to 0%.
Switch the gen-set to MAN mode, start it and put it into the operation phase, where the appropriate regulation loop is active.
Increase the gain slightly until the controlled quantity starts to oscillate. Then put it back to approx. one half of the value where the oscillations started.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 125
Increase the integrative factor slightly to achieve acceptable response to changes. Too small an I-factor will cause an excessively slow response, while too high an I-factor will cause overshooting or even oscillations.
N OTE :
It may be helpful to disable issuing the GCB close command when adjusting synchronization loops.
the adjustment is finished.
C AUTION !
Be ready to press the emergency stop button in the event that the regulation loop starts to behave unacceptably.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 126
7 Setpoints
Setpoints are analog, binary or special data objects which are used for adjusting the controller to the specific environment. Setpoints are organized into groups according to their meaning. Setpoints can be adjusted from the controller front panel, PC, MODBUS, etc.
7.1 Password protection
Each setpoint can be protected by a password against unauthorized changes. Password protection
can be assigned to the setpoints during the configuration
procedure. See the chapter Operator guide
7.2 Setpoint synchronization
Setpoints marked with a “#” sign at the beginning of their names are synchronized with other controllers present on the CAN bus line, i.e. the system will ensure that the respective setpoint will have an identical value in each connected controller. If the setpoint is changed in one controller, the same change will occur in all other controllers. This function is necessary especially for MINT application, where the system of Power management is based on fact that the respective setpoints are identical in all controllers.
All parameters marked as shared ( “#”) are overwritten during archive download in case there is no another single controller visible on the CAN bus. In case there is another controller on the CAN bus, the shared parameters are not overwritten.
7.3 Setpoint groups
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Volt/PF Control
12. SMS/E-Mail
13. AnalogSwitches
15. Sensors Spec
C AUTION !
Do not write setpoints repeatedly (e.g. power control from a PLC by repeated writing of baseload setpoint via Modbus) The setpoints are stored in EEPROM memory, which can be overwritten up to
10 5 times without risk of damage or data loss, but it may become damaged, when the allowed number of writing cycles is exceeded!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 127
7.3.1 Setpoints – Process Control
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.2 Setpoints – Basic Settings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.3 Setpoints – Comms Settings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 128
7.3.4 Setpoints – Engine Params
1.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.5 Setpoints – Engine Protect
1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.6 Setpoints – Gener Protect
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 129
9.
7.3.7 Setpoints – Pwr Management
1.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.8 Setpoints – AMF Settings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
MINT only
SPtM only
130
7.3.9 Setpoints – Sync/Load Ctrl
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.10 Setpoints – Volt/PF Control
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
7.3.11 Setpoints – ExtI/O Protect
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.12 Setpoints – SMS/E-Mail
1.
2.
3.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 131
4.
7.3.13 Setpoints – AnalogSwitches
1.
3.
5.
6.
7.
8.
7.3.14 Setpoints – Date/Time
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
7.3.15 Setpoints – Sensors Spec
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 132
8 Values
Values (or quantities) are analog or binary data objects, measured or computed by the controller, that are intended for reading from the controller screen, PC, MODBUS, etc. Values are organized into groups according to their meaning.
N OTE :
text file. Open any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu
Controller -> Generate CFG image.
8.1 Invalid flag
If valid data is available for a particular value, the invalid flag is set to it. This situation may be due to the following:
The value is not being evaluated in the scope of the current application and configuration.
Sensor fail has been detected on an analog input.
The configured ECU or extension module does not provide the particular value.
The communication with the ECU or extension module is interrupted.
A value containing the invalid flag is displayed as
“####” in LiteEdit and on the controller screen. If
such a value is read out via Modbus, it will contain the data 32768 in the case of signed values and
65535 in the case of unsigned values.
8.2 Value groups
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8. Statistics
9. Date/Time
10. Info
8.2.1 Values – Engine
1.
2.
3.
5.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 133
8.2.2 Values – Generator
1.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
9.
8.2.3 Values – Mains
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
SPtM only
134
8.2.4 Values – Bus
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
8.2.5 Values – Pwr Management
1.
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
8.2.6 Values – Controller I/O
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
8.2.7 Values – Extension I/O
2.
3.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
MINT only
MINT only
135
4.
5.
6.
8.
8.2.8 Values – Statistics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
9.
8.2.9 Values – Date/Time
1.
2.
8.2.10 Values – Info
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 136
9 Binary input functions
extension modules:
9.1 Common functions
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
9.
9.2 MINT specific
MINT only
1.
2.
3.
4.
9.3 SPtM specific
SPtM only
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 137
10 Binary output functions
10.1 Common functions
N OTE :
Learn more about wiring of binary outputs in the chapter Wiring of binary outputs .
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
31. Mode OFF
10.2 ECU info
1.
2.
3.
4.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 138
10.3 Alarm mirrors
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 139
10.4 MINT specific
1.
2.
3.
4.
10.5 SPtM specific
1.
2.
3.
4.
6.
7.
8.
MINT only
SPtM only
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 140
11 Communication
For details about communication with extension modules
and EFI equipped engines , see the
appropriate chapters in this manual.
More detailed information about all topics regarding communications is available in the document Inteli
Communication Guide , which is regularly updated and can be downloaded from the website www.comap.cz
.
11.1 Direct cable connection
An external communication module is necessary to enable direct cable connection to a PC. The module is plugged into the slot located on the rear side of the controller. Find more information about
installation of the modules in a separate chapter.
A RS232, USB or RS485 interface can be used for direct cable connection to a PC. The setpoint
COM1 Mode or COM2 Mode (according to the interface used) must be set to DIRECT position for this
kind of connection.
IL-NT RS232
IL-NT RS232-485
RS232
CROSS-WIRED
RS232 CABLE
RS232
Physical COM Port
IL-NT RS232-485
RS485 RS485 CABLE RS485
Physical COM Port
IL-NT RS232
RS232
CROSSED-WIRED
RS232 CABLE
RS232
USB
USB
Virtual COM Port
USB
Shielded USB „A“ cable
USB
IL-NT S-USB
Virtual COM Port
D IRECT CABLE CONNECTION TYPES
The following modules are available for direct connection to a PC:
1.
2.
3.
IL-NT S-USB (USB easily removable service module)
The RS232 or USB interface uses COM1 port of the controller. The RS485 uses COM2.
N OTE :
Use a cross-wired serial communication cable with DB9 female connectors and signals Rx, Tx, GND for a RS232 connection.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 141
11.2 Modem connection
A PC can be connected to the controller also remotely via modems. Either an analog, GSM or ISDN
modem must be connected to the RS232 interface and the setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to
MODEM.
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT RS232
IL-NT RS232-485
RS232
GSM
MODEM
OR
IL-NT RS232
IL-NT RS232-485
RS232
GSM
MODEM
BTS / Mobile provider
GSM
MODEM
IL-NT RS232
IL-NT RS232-485
RS232
ANALOG
MODEM
OR
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT RS232
IL-NT RS232-485
RS232
ANALOG
MODEM
ANALOG
MODEM
M ODEM CONNECTION TYPES
The following modules can be used for a modem connection to a PC:
1.
2.
The RS232 interface uses COM1 port of the controller.
If you have trouble with modem communication, an additional initialization string may be required. This may be due to, for example, a national telephone network-specific feature. Use the setpoint
ModemIniString to add the necessary AT commands which will be sent to the modem during the
initialization. See the documentation of the modem for details.
N OTE :
Use the same kind of modem (e.g. analog, GSM or ISDN) as used on the controller also on the PC side.
11.2.1 Recommended GSM modems
Siemens/Cinterion M20, TC35, TC35i, ES75, MC39 (baud rate 9600 bps)
Wavecom M1200/WMOD2 (baud rate 9600 bps)
Wavecom Maestro 20
Wavecom Fastrack M1306B (Fastrack M1206B is not recommended)
Falcom A2D
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 142
11.2.2 Modem setup procedure
Analog modems obviously do not require any setup. The only case in which setup could be necessary is if the modem has been bought in a country with a telephony system different than the target country where the modem will be used.
GSM modems need to be set up prior to using them with the controller. Use the gm_setup program
(installed together with LiteEdit ) to perform initial setup of the modem. See the latest
Inteli
Communication Guide (available on the ComAp web site ) for details. The setup must be done while a
SIM card is inserted.
N
OTE
:
It is always recommended to use modems bought in and approved for the target country.
11.3 Internet connection
A PC can be connected to the controller also remotely via Ethernet (internet, intranet). An appropriate
Ethernet communication module must be used.
11.3.1 SPtM
Use a plug-in communication module IB-Lite
or IL-NT-GPRS to connect to the IC-NT SPtM controller
via the internet. The setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to the DIRECT position.
Ethernet
RJ45
CROSS-WIRED
ETHERNET CABLE
Ethernet
RJ45
IB-Lite
Static IP
IB-Lite
Static (Public) IP
Ethernet
RJ45 LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT GPRS
Static (Public) IP
IB-Lite
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
(controller nickname)
Ethernet
RJ45
BTS / Mobile provider
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT GPRS
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
(controller nickname)
BTS / Mobile provider
I NTERNET CONNECTION FOR SINGLE CONTROLLER
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 143
11.3.2 MINT
Use a plug-in communication module IB-Lite
or IL-NT-GPRS on each controller for connecting to IC-
NT MINT controllers via the internet. The setpoint COM1 Mode must be set to the DIRECT position.
CROSS-WIRED
ETHERNET CABLE
Ethernet
RJ45
Ethernet
RJ45
IB-Lite
Static (Public) IP (a)
Ethernet
RJ45
IB-Lite
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Static (Public) IP (b)
IL-NT GPRS
Static (Public) IP (a)
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT GPRS
Static (Public) IP (b)
Ethernet
RJ45
IB-Lite
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
(controller nickname)
IB-Lite
Ethernet
RJ45
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
BTS / Mobile provider
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IL-NT GPRS
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
IL-NT GPRS
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
BTS / Mobile provider
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
Ethernet
RJ45
IB-NT or
Non-static non-public IP
Only AirGate ID
BTS / Mobile provider
CAN
I NTERNET CONNECTION FOR MULTIPLE CONTROLLERS
LAN / WAN /
INTERNET
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015
Ethernet
RJ45
144
11.3.3 Using a web browser
The IB-Lite module with firmware version 1.1 and above makes it possible to use any web browser for
basic monitoring and adjustment of the controller. Direct your web browser to the IP address of the module, e.g. http://192.168.1.254
and then enter the access code.
11.3.4 IB-Lite setup procedure
N OTE :
Setting the module up requires a certain familiarity with network administration. Ask your IT specialist for assistance.
The default settings of the module are IP = 192.168.1.254, Netmask = 255.255.255.0 and
Gateway = 192.168.1.1. The default password for service webpages is “comap” (or “0”).
To restore the default settings, close the “restore default setting” jumper located on the module before switching the controller on and remove it few seconds after the controller has been switched on.
N OTE :
The default settings can be changed directly from the controller panel by pressing the “Page” button and using ▼, ▲ and “Enter” to get to the “Comms Settings” menu ( THIS APPLIES TO FIRMWARE VERSIONS
1.3
AND HIGHER ).
Configuration
1. Plug the module into the controller and power the controller on.
2. Connect the module into your Ethernet network. If the default address does not match local network parameters (i.e. the network segment does not use the IP range 192.168.1.xxx or the
IP 192.168.1.254 is occupied), connect the module directly to your PC using a cross-wired
cable. See details in the Installation chapter.
3. If you are connected directly, you have to change temporarily the IP address and subnet mask of your PC Ethernet connection. Use the following settings: DHCP disabled, IP from the range
192.168.1.1
– 192.168.1.253 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0. After the IB-Lite setup is
finished, restore your PC setting back to the original values.
4. Start a web browser and direct it to http://192.168.1.254/sp_config.htm
.
5. After a successful login the configuration page will be displayed.
6. It is recommended to change the user name and password and keep the new values confidential.
7. Consult your IT specialist for proper IP settings.
8. Consult your e-mail provider for proper e-mail settings. Note that also most public SMTP servers require authentication and e-mails must be sent from an existing address.
9. If you want to enable access only for clients with a specified IP address, tick the checkbox
“Trusted clients” and fill-in the allowed IP addresses.
N OTE :
See also the latest LiteEdit Reference Guide (available on the ComAp web site ) for more information about IB-Lite setup.
Firmware upgrade
1. Follow steps 1 –3 of the configuration procedure above.
2. Start a web browser and direct it to http://192.168.1.254/sp_fw_upld.htm
.
3. After a successful login the configuration page will be displayed.
4. Press the button “Browse” and select the appropriate firmware file.
5. Press “Upload new firmware” button. After the firmware upload is finished, the module will restart.
N OTE :
Interrupting the upload will NOT cause any damage. Just repeat the upload again.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 145
11.3.5 System integration
The controller can be integrated into a building management or similar system using an RS232,
RS485 or Ethernet interface and MODBUS protocol. The following modules can be used for this purpose:
1.
2.
3.
The setpoint COM1 Mode (RS232) resp. COM2 Mode (RS485, Ethernet) must be set to the MODBUS
position. The speed of MODBUS communication for RS232 and RS485 can be adjusted by the
. See a more detailed description of the MODBUS protocol in a separate chapter .
N OTE :
COM1 Mode = DIRECT; COM2 Mode = MODBUS; ModbusCommSpeed
= 57600 ( THIS APPLIES TO
FIRMWARE VERSIONS 2.0
AND HIGHER ).
11.3.6 InternetBridge-NT setup procedure
See the latest InternetBridge-NT Reference Guide for the information on how to set up the IB-NT module.
11.3.7 IG-IB setup procedure
See the latest InteliCommunicationGuide for the information on how to set up the IG-IB module.
11.3.8 SNMP
Support for Simple Network Management Protocol was implemented. To generate MIB table go to
LiteEdit 4.6 or higher and use “Controller” -> “Generate Cfg image” -> “Generate SNMP MIB table”.
11.3.9 AirGate
technology for easy plug-and-play wireless communication is incorporated into the product. An ordinary SIM card with GPRS service is suitable for this system. This overcomes problems with the necessity for a special SIM card (fixed and public IP), firewalls and difficult communication settings. http://www.comap.cz/news-room/news-and-events/detail/AirGate http://www.comap.cz/news-room/news-and-events/detail/The-Rainbow-rises-for-remotemonitoringapplications/
11.3.10 Locate
The controller supports the
technology for GSM localization using an IL-NT-GPRS
communication module. It is possible to view the localization in WebSupervisor .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 146
11.4 Modbus protocol
The Modbus protocol can be activated on the RS232 or RS485 port. The physical link parameters are:
8 data bits
1 stop bit
no parity
communication speed selectable by the setpoint ModbusComSpeed
The Modbus/TCP protocol uses the TCP/IP frames as the transport layer for Modbus frames. This
protocol is available via the IB-Lite module on port 502.
The following features from the Modbus specification are supported:
Transfer mode RTU
Function 3 (Read Multiple Registers)
Function 6 (Write Single Register)
Function 16 (Write Multiple Registers)
The response to an incoming message depends on the communication speed. The delay is not shorter than the time needed to send/receive 3.5 characters. See the latest Inteli Communication
Guide (available on the ComAp website ) for details and examples.
The complete description of the Modbus communication protocol can be found in the Modbus Protocol
Reference Guide PI-MBUS-300 and Open Modbus Specification Release 1.0. Both documents are available on the web.
N OTE :
the controller or open offline an archive and go to the menu Controller -> Generate Cfg image to get the register list.
C AUTION !
Do not write setpoints repeatedly (e.g. power control from a PLC by repeated writing of baseload setpoint via Modbus) The setpoints are stored in EEPROM memory, which can be overwritten up to
10 5 times without risk of damage or data loss, but it may become damaged, when the allowed number of writing cycles is exceeded!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 147
11.5 IC-NT-RD Remote display software
IC-NT-RD is remote display software for an InteliCompact NT controller. Remote display provides the same control and monitoring functions as controller itself (except limitations given by HW differences between remote display and controller). Remote display for IC-NT controllers uses standard IL-NT controller platform with IC-NT Remote display software. No further programming of the display is required – unit is self configurable from the main controller. It is connected with the controller via
IL-NT-RS232 communication modules using RS232 line. Longer distances (up to 1200m) are possible
using IL-NT-RS232-485 communication module or when RS232/RS485 converters are used.
N OTE :
In case of IL-NT-AMF25 HW only Bus under voltage LED (indicating if the bus is under voltage or not/if the Load is supplied or not) is missing. This information is anyway given by combination of GCB and MCB position LEDs placed on the right and left side next to the Bus under voltage LED.
The other IL-NT hardware types have other limitations according to HW variations from IC-NT HW.
H
INT
:
IC-NT RD SW works analogically to IL-NT RD SW. See IC-NT RD SW website to find out more information about installation and configuration.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 148
12 Maintenance
12.1 Backup battery replacement
The internal backup battery lifetime is approx. 10 years. Replace the battery if the alarm Low
BackupBatt occurs. Follow these instructions:
1. Connect the controller to a PC and save an archive for backup purposes.
2. Disconnect all terminals from the controller and remove the controller from the switchboard.
3. Release the rear cover using a flat screwdriver or other suitable tool.
4. Remove all plug-in modules.
5. The battery is located in a holder on the circuit board. Remove the old battery with a small sharp screwdriver and push the new battery into the holder with your finger. Use only a
CR1225 lithium battery.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 149
N OTE :
When the internal RTC battery is drained, the InteliCompact NT function (e.g. Ready for standby) does not change until the controller power supply is switched off. After the next power switch on (with drained battery already), the controller will:
- Stay in the INIT state (not possible to run gen-set)
- All History records disappear except for the “System log: SetpointCS err” record
- Time and Date values are set to zero
- Statistics values are random
6. Put the rear cover back. Use slight pressure to lock the snaps into the housing. Ensure that the cover is in the correct position and not upside down!
7. Plug the modules back into the slots.
8. Power the controller on, adjust the date and time and check all setpoints.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 150
13 Troubleshooting
S YMPTOM
The unit is dark, no display, no LEDs are lit.
C AUSE
There is no power on the power terminals.
The boot-jumper is inserted.
S OLUTION
Check the power supply voltage.
S YMPTOM
No display, only the backlight is on.
C
AUSE
S
OLUTION
Extremely low display contrast.
Press the PAGE button five times, then press and hold the ENTER button and together press and hold the UP button until display shows correctly.
Not valid firmware in the controller. This situation can occur if the previous programming of the firmware was interrupted.
Reprogram the firmware using the boot-jumper .
S YMPTOM
The unit shows “Configuration table error” and does not work.
C AUSE S OLUTION
The controller does not contain a valid configuration. This situation can occur if previous programming of the configuration was interrupted.
S YMPTOM
The unit shows “INIT” and does not work, controller mode cannot be changed. This situation occurs after controller reset if the checksum of setpoints is not correct.
C AUSE
New firmware containing new setpoints has been programmed.
The RTC backup battery is empty.
S OLUTION
Use LiteEdit online connected to the controller
to check all setpoints and correct the wrong ones. You have to change at least one setpoint. If all setpoints are correct, change one of them back to the original value to recalculate
the checksum. Then use the LiteEdit command
Controller -> Reset from init state.
Replace the battery as described in the
Maintenance chapter. Then proceed with
LiteEdit as described in the previous situation.
An alternative way is checking all setpoints from the front panel. Change at least one of them and then switch the controller off and on.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 151
S YMPTOM
You do not know the password.
C AUSE
You’ve probably forgotten it.
S OLUTION
Display the information screen containing the serial number and the password decode
number as described in the chapter Controller information screen . Write down both numbers
and send a request to retrieve the password to your local distributor containing these two numbers.
S YMPTOM
The controller does not respond to mode buttons on the front panel.
C AUSE S OLUTION
The mode is forced by one of remote mode inputs .
The input Access Lock is active.
The setpoint ControllerMode is password-
protected.
Deactivate all remote mode inputs to be able to change the mode from the front panel.
Deactivate the input.
Enter the password prior to changing the mode.
S YMPTOM
The controller does not respond to the START, STOP or breaker buttons on the front panel.
C AUSE
The controller is not in MAN mode.
S OLUTION
Switch the controller into MAN mode. Read
more in the Operating modes chapter.
The conditions needed for start or for closing of the breakers are not fulfilled.
The gen-set cannot be started if any red alarm is active. The GCB cannot be closed until the gen-set is running and the generator voltage and frequency are within limits. More in the
S YMPTOM
It is not possible to change setpoints.
C AUSE S OLUTION
Some setpoints can be configured as protected by password.
Enter the password prior going to change
protected setpoints
The binary input Access Lock is active.
Switch the Access lock off.
S YMPTOM
Incorrect kW and power factor reading, but correct voltage and current readings.
C
AUSE
S
OLUTION
Wrong wiring of voltage and/or current measurements. I.e. the voltage connected to
L1 voltage terminal is not the same generator phase as the CT connected to L1 current terminal or the same situation for L2 or L3.
Correct the wiring to fit all phases of the voltage to their CTs.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 152
S YMPTOM
Governor output does not work; the output level is continuously at the lower or upper limit.
C AUSE S OLUTION
Wrong (opposite) position of the setpoint
Check the setpoint position if it fits the
Opposite or wrong wiring of the Governor/AVRi output.
Check and correct the wiring.
The governor output is switched to PWM mode but the governor needs voltage mode or vice versa.
Put the PWM jumper at the governor output into the proper position according to the
S YMPTOM
The cranking is cut off too early, the engine does not start.
C AUSE
W terminal is connected to the pickup input of the controller, but autodetection of frequencyto-speed ratio was not performed (e.g. if the controller was previously used with another engine with another charging alternator).
S OLUTION
The setpoint Starting Oil P is adjusted too low.
Adjust the setpoint to a higher pressure level than can be achieved by cranking only. Note, that under cold condition the oil pressure achieved during cranking can be higher.
Disconnect the W terminal from the pickup input, then start the gen-set in manual mode and wait until the gen-set is ready to take the load. Then stop the engine and connect the W terminal back. The autodetection process will be performed during next start.
S
YMPTOM
The MCB control does not work properly, the alarm MCB fail is present all the time.
C
AUSE
S
OLUTION
The position of the setpoint MCB Logic does
not match the current MCB wiring.
Switch the setpoint MCB Logic into proper
position.
S YMPTOM
The communication via CAN bus with other engines, extension units or ECU does not
work, i.e. you do not see other engines in the CAN16 or CAN32 value or the controller
shows an alarm in the Alarmlist that some of extension units or ECU does not communicate.
C AUSE
The wiring of the CAN bus network is not provided as linear bus without nodes.
S OLUTION
Correct the wiring as described in the chapter
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 153
14 Technical data
14.1 Power supply
Power supply range
Power supply drop-out immunity
Power consumption
Peak power consumption
(LT)
Backup battery type
Estimated backup battery lifetime
8 –36 V DC
50ms (from min. 10 V) approx. 200 mA / 8 V; 50 mA / 36 V approx. 0.56 A / 8 V; 1.8 A / 36 V
CR 1225
10 years
14.2 Operating conditions
Operating temperature
Operating temperature (LT version)
Operating humidity
Protection degree (front panel)
Vibration
Shocks
Storage temperature
-20 –70 °C
-40 –70 °C
95% non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
IP65
5-25 Hz, +/- 1.6 mm; 25-100 Hz, a = 4 g a max
200 m/s 2
-30 –80 °C
14.3 Physical dimensions
Dimensions
Weight
Mounting cutout size
185x125x60 mm (WxHxD)
175x115 mm (WxH)
14.4 Standard conformity
Electromagnetic compatibility
Low voltage directive
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61010-1:95 +A1:97
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 154
14.5 Binary inputs
Number of binary inputs
Galvanic insulation
Common pole
Closed contact voltage
Open contact voltage
Input resistance
9
Not insulated
Positive, V s
= 8 –36 V DC
<2 V
4 V - V s
4.2 kΩ
14.6 Binary outputs
Number of binary outputs 8
Galvanic insulation Not insulated
Type
Operating voltage
Transistor, switching to negative supply terminal
8 –36 V DC
Switching current
Total current
500 mA (suppression diodes required for inductive loads)
2 A (overall current for all binary outputs)
14.7 Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 3
Galvanic insulation
Electrical range
Not insulated
0 –2500 Ω
Resolution
Supported sensor types
Precision
10 bits, 4 digits
Predefined: VDO 10Bar, VDO Temperature, VDO Fuel level
User-defined: 10 points non-linear sensors can be defined by the user
1% from the range
14.8 Generator/Mains measurements
Measurement inputs
Measurement type
Voltage range
Max. measured voltage
Voltage accuracy
Current range
Max. measured current
Max. allowed current
Current accuracy
3ph generator voltage, 3ph generator current, 3ph mains voltage
True RMS
480 V Ph-Ph (277 V Ph-N)
340 V Ph-N
1% from the range
5 A
9 A
12 A continuous, 50 A/1
2% from the range
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 155
CT input burden
Frequency range
Frequency accuracy
<0.5 VA
30-70 Hz, measured from L3
0.05 Hz
14.9 Pickup input
Input voltage
Frequency range
Accuracy
2 –70 V pp
4 Hz –10 kHz (min 2 V pp
@ 4 kHz, 6 V pp
@ 10 kHz)
0.2%
14.10 Charging alternator pre-excitation circuit
Excitation current
Charging fail threshold
200 mA, during the engine start only
80% of U supply
14.11 AVR output
Output type
Galvanic insulation
5 V PWM, designed for IG-AVRi interface module
Not insulated, insulation is provided by IG-AVRi module
14.11.1 IG-AVRi module
Power supply 18 V AC from IG-AVRi Trans/LV or IG-AVRi Trans/100
Max. power supply range 15 –25 V AC or 20–35V DC
Inputs -AVR, -AVR (two wires, PWM from IC-NT)
Outputs OUT1, OUT2 floating (potential free) voltage source
AVRi output voltage range Potentiometer adjustable from ±1 V to ±10 V DC
AVRi output current
Mechanical dimensions max 15 mA
96 x 27 x 43 mm, DIN rail (35 mm) mounted
14.11.2 IG-AVRi Trans/LV
Primary voltage 1
Absolute low limit 1
Absolute high limit 1
Primary voltage 2
Absolute low limit 2
Absolute high limit 2
Frequency
Secondary voltage
230 –277 V AC
230 V AC – 20%
277 V AC + 20%
400 –480 V AC
400 V AC – 20%
480 V AC + 20%
50 –60 Hz
18 V AC, 5 VA
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 156
Operating temperature -30..+70 °C
14.11.3 IG-AVRi Trans/100
Primary voltage
Absolute low limit
Absolute high limit
Frequency
Secondary voltage
Operating temperature
100 –120 V AC
100 V AC - 20%
120 V AC + 20%
50 –60 Hz
18 V AC
-30..+70 °C
14.12 Governor output
Output type
Galvanic insulation
0 –10 V analog or 5 V @ 500 Hz PWM, selectable by jumper.
Serial resistor 10 k Ω shortable by jumper
Not insulated
14.13 Remote communication interface
RS232
RS485
Baud rate
USB
Ethernet
Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT RS232 , D-SUB9M socket
Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT RS232-485 , plug-in
terminal block
Depending on selected mode (up to 57600 bps)
Optional using the plug-in module IL-NT S-USB
Optional using the plug-in module IB-Lite
14.14 Extension modules interface
Type
Galvanic insulation
Baud rate
Bus length
Termination resistor
CAN bus
Insulated, 500 V
250 kbps max. 200 m
120 Ω, built-in, jumper activated
14.15 Interface to other controllers
Type
Galvanic insulation
Baud rate
Bus length
CAN bus, available in MINT type only
Insulated, 500 V
250 kbps max. 200 m
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 157
Termination resistor 120 Ω, built-in, jumper activated
14.15.1 Recommended CAN cables
Belden 3082A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet
Belden 3083A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet
Belden 3084A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet
Belden 3085A DeviceBus for Allen-Bradley DeviceNet
Belden 3086A DeviceBus for Honeywell SDS
Belden 3087A DeviceBus for Honeywell SDS
Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus DeviceNet Trunk Cable
Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus DeviceNet Drop Cable
Lapp Cable Unitronic Bus CAN
Lapp Cable Unitronic-FD Bus P CAN UL/CSA
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 158
15 Language support
The controller contains memory slots for 2 languages. English and Chinese are provided in the default
archives. The languages can be changed in the LiteEdit software using dictionaries. There are two
types of dictionaries:
Default dictionaries are distributed together with the controller firmware.
Custom dictionaries are created by the user during the translation process.
The custom dictionary is used for storing translations that were made by the user because there was no default dictionary for the particular language, the default dictionary was incomplete or the user simply wishes to have different translations. For more information about languages and translations,
It is possible to create any language using a code page supported by the controller:
Win 1250 – Middle Europe
Win 1251 – Eastern Europe (Cyrillic)
Win 1252 – Western Europe, America
Win 1254 – Turkish
GB2312 – Chinese
N OTE :
See the Operator guide for information on how to select the controller front panel language.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 159
16 Appendix
16.1 Table of setpoints
16.1.1 Group: Process Control
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Baseload
Process Control
0
SPtM
Required gen-set load in parallel to mains operation.
Setpoint: Base PF
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
0.7 ... 1.0 [-]
SPtM
Required gen-set power factor when the gen-set is running parallel to the mains.
Setpoint: AMFStartEnable
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
NO, YES [-]
SPtM
Use this setpoint to enable or disable the AMF operation .
Setpoint: Export Limit
ProcessControl Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
DISABLED, ENABLED [-]
SPtM
Tells controller to activate protection against power export to the Mains. The function limits gen-set requested power to hold export power lower or equal
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 160
Group
Setpoint: Export kW
ProcessControl
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
-32000 … 32000 [kW]
SPtM
Defines max limit for export/import in case Export Limit setpoint is set to
ENABLED. A negative value means import limit, a positive value export limit, zero means no export/import.
Setpoint: #SysLdCtrl PtM
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
BASELOAD, LDSHARING [-]
MINT
Load control mode in parallel to mains operation of the whole group of gensets.
BASELOAD: The total power of the group is controlled to constant level
given by the setpoint #SysBaseLoad . Each loaded gen-set takes equal part
(relative to their nominal power) from this requested value. The load is regulated locally in each controller by Load control regulation loop, loadsharing is not active. The setpoint #Sys base load is also used for determining which gen-sets have to run or not.
LDSHARING: Gen-sets load is controlled by MainsCompact controller to
share the total load (given by the setpoint #SysBaseLoad ) with other loaded
gen-sets in such a way, that all loaded gen-sets will be loaded at the same level (relative to gen-set nominal power). Load-sharing regulation loop is active.
N OTE :
The LOADSHARING mode shall be used in case a MainsCompact controller is present in the system. In systems without MainsCompact the setpoint must be in the BASELOAD position.
N OTE :
The power factor (PF) is regulated to constant level given by the setpoint
#SysPwrFactor in parallel to mains operation and does not depend on active
load control mode.
Setpoint: #SysBaseLoad
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
0 ... 4000 [kW]
MINT
Required total load of the gen-set group in parallel to mains operation in
baseload mode (setpoint #SysLdCtrl PtM = BASELOAD).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 161
Setpoint: #SysPwrFactor
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
0.7 ... 1.0 [-]
MINT
Required gen-set power factor when the group of gen-sets is running parallel to the mains. The PF is regulated locally in each controller by PF control regulation loop, VARsharing is not active.
Setpoint: Synchro Enable
ProcessControl Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
NONE, FORWARD, REVERSE, BOTH [-]
All
Enables or disables forward/reverse synchronization (according to SPtM /
MINT versions).
NONE
No synchronizing is enabled. (SPtM and MINT)
FORWARD GCB synchronizing is enabled. (SPtM and MINT)
REVERSE MCB synchronizing is enabled. (SPtM)
BOTH GCB and MCB synchronizing are enabled. (SPtM)
Setpoint: PeakLevelStart
Process Control Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
PeakLevelStop ... 32000 [kW]
SPtM
Load consumption level the gen-set has to start at. Function is inactive when
PeakAutS/S Del = OFF. Gen-set start is
“PeakAutS/S Del” delayed after the consumption of the Load exceeds the PeakLevelStart limit.
N OTE :
The actual setpoint units and range depend on setting of the Power format
(see the LiteEdit manual ).
N OTE :
It is necessary to use IC-NT CT-BIO7 module and measure 1Ph Mains
current.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 162
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PeakLevelStop
Process Control
0 ... PeakLevelStart [kW]
SPtM
Load consumption level the gen-set has to stop at. Gen-set stop is
delayed after PeakLevelStop limit is reached. Load consumption is calculated (not directly measured) as a sum of gen-set and mains active power.
N
OTE
:
The actual setpoint units and range depend on setting of the Power format
(see LiteEdit manual ).
N
OTE
:
It is necessary to use IC-NT CT-BIO7 module and measure 1Ph Mains
current.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PeakAutS/S del
Process Control
0 (OFF) ... 600 [s]
SPtM
The condition for the “peak” automatic start or stop must be valid for a period longer than the value of this setpoint to execute the automatic start or stop.
Adjusting to “0” causes stop of the gen-set (if there is no other demand for running) and disables the automatic peak shaving start.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 163
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #Neutral cont
Process Control
EACH, COMMON [-]
SPtM
Setpoint changes behaviour of binary output Neutral CB C/O which is used for Neutral contactor control.
EACH:
- When GCB is opened (after start, before stop): o Neutral contactor closes when Generator voltage is higher than
85% of Nominal voltage. o Neutral contactor opens when Generator voltage is lower than
50% of Nominal voltage.
- When multiple gen-sets are connected to the bus and MCB is opened
(island running group) the Neutral contactor is closed on the running gen-set with the lowest Contr. address only. When a lower controller address gen-set is connected to the bus, the Neutral contactor connection changes.
- Neutral contactor is opened when gen-sets are running in parallel to the mains.
COMMON:
- When MCB is opened Neutral contactor closes when at least one
Generator voltage from the group (at least one phase) is higher than
86% of Nominal voltage.
- When MCB is opened, the Neutral contactor opens when all phases of all gen-set voltages are lower than 50% of Nominal voltage.
- When MCB is closed, the Neutral contactor opens.
N OTE :
and BI: NeutralCB fdb prior to Neutral
contactor function is used.
16.1.2 Group: Basic Settings
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ControllerName
Basic Settings
[-]
All
User-defined name, used for controller identification at remote connections.
The name can be max. 15 characters long and must be entered using
N OTE :
The setpoint can't be changed from the front panel of the controller.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 164
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Nominal Power
Basic Settings
1 ... 32000 [kW]
All
Nominal power of the gen-set. Generator overload protection is based on
this setpoint.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Nomin Current
Basic Settings
1 ... 10000 [A]
All
This is the current limit for the generator. Generator short current and
generator overcurrent alarms are based on this setpoint.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: CT Ratio
Basic Settings
1 ... 10000 [A/5A]
All
Gen-set current transformers ratio.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: EF CT Ratio
Basic Settings
1 ... 10000 [A/5A]
MINT
Defines current transformer ratio for current measuring input of IC-NT CT-
BIO7 extension module if used.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Im/EF CT Ratio
Basic Settings
1 ... 10000 [A/5A]
SPtM
Defines mains current transformer ratio for current measuring input of IC-NT
CT-BIO7 extension module if used.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 165
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Im/EF input
Basic Settings
Mains, EarthFltC [-]
SPtM
This setpoint is relevant only in case IC-NT CT-BIO7 module is used. It is
then used for switching between Mains current measurement and Earth
Fault Current protection depending on the purpose of IC-NT CT-BIO7 usage.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Nominal Volts
Basic Settings
80 ... 20000 [V]
All
Nominal system voltage (phase to neutral)
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PT Ratio
Basic Settings
0.1 ... 500 [V/V]
All
Generator voltage potential transformers ratio. If no PTs are used, adjust the setpoint to 1.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Vm PT Ratio
Basic Settings
0.1 ... 500 [V/V]
SPtM
Mains voltage potential transformers ratio. If no PTs are used, adjust the setpoint to 1.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Vb PT Ratio
Basic Settings
0.1 ... 500 [V/V]
MINT
Bus voltage potential transformers ratio. If no PTs are used, adjust the setpoint to 1.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 166
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Nominal Freq
Basic Settings
45 ... 65 [Hz]
All
Nominal system frequency (usually 50 or 60Hz).
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Nominal RPM
Basic Settings
100 ... 4000 [RPM]
All
Nominal engine speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gear Teeth
Basic Settings
0 (OFF) ... 500 [-]
All
Number of teeth on the engine flywheel where the pick-up is installed. Set to zero if no pick-up is used and the Engine speed will be counted from the generator frequency.
N OTE :
If no pickup is used, the D+ or W terminal should be used to prevent possible overcranking, which can occur if at least 25% of nominal generator voltage is not present immediately after exceeding firing speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ControllerMode
Basic Settings
OFF, MAN, AUT, (TEST) [-]
All
This setpoint can be used for changing the operating mode remotely, e.g.
. Use the mode selector on the main screen for changing the
mode from the front panel. Use mode selector in the control window for
changing the mode from LiteEdit .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 167
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Reset To MAN
Basic Settings
DISABLED, ENABLED [-]
All
If this function is enabled, the controller will switch automatically to MAN mode when there is a red alarm in the alarm list and fault reset is pressed.
This is a safety function that prevents the gen-set starting again automatically if the gen-set is stopped due to a red alarm, the alarm is no longer active and fault reset is pressed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Backlight time
Basic Settings
0 – 240 [min]
MINT
Function will switch off the screen backlight after preset number of minutes.
Pressing any button on the controller or automatic start of the gen-set (e.g. due to power management) will switch the backlight back on.
Default value is 15 minutes. It is possible to switch the function off by setting
0 (backlight will be on all the time).
16.1.3 Group: Comms Settings
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ControllerAddr
Comms Settings
1 ... 32(8) [-]
All
Unique identification number of a controller within a group of controllers which are connected together via CAN2 bus (MINT, MC) or RS485 bus
(SPtM).
N OTE :
Adjust the controller address to 1 if you have SPtM application and no other controllers are connected to the RS485 bus.
N OTE :
Do not use the same address for multiple controllers in the same group!
N OTE :
Use the proper address when connecting to the controller from LiteEdit .
N OTE :
Changing the address remotely (e.g. from LiteEdit ) will cause connection
loss!
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 168
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: COM1 Mode
Comms Settings
DIRECT, MODEM, MODBUS, ECU LINK [-]
All
Communication protocol switch for the COM1 channel.
DIRECT: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via direct cable.
MODEM: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via modem.
MODBUS: Modbus protocol. Find a detailed description in a
separate chapter.
ECU LINK: Protocol for communication with EFI engines via
Modbus.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: COM2 Mode
Comms Settings
DIRECT, MODBUS, ECU LINK [-]
All
Communication protocol switch for the COM2 channel.
DIRECT: ComAp PC SW communication protocol via direct cable.
MODBUS: Modbus protocol. Find a detailed description in a
separate chapter.
ECU LINK: Protocol for communication with EFI engines via
Modbus.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ModemIniString
Comms Settings
[-]
All
If your modem needs additional initialization AT commands (i.e. because of national telephony network differences), they can be entered here.
Otherwise leave this setpoint blank.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ModbusComSpeed
Comms Settings
9600, 19200, 38400, 57600 [bps]
All
If the Modbus mode is selected on COM1 or COM2 channels, the Modbus communication speed can be adjusted here.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 169
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: CAN Bus Mode
Comms Settings
32C, 8C [-]
MINT
CAN bus speed selection.
32C: High speed CAN (250 kbps) applicable for up to 32 controllers,
CAN bus length limited to 200 meters.
8C: Low speed CAN (50 kbps) applicable for up to 8 controllers,
CAN bus length limited to 900 meters.
N OTE :
Use low speed for a long-distance connection only. Set all connected controllers to the same speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IBLite IP Addr
Comms Settings
[-]
All
If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the
Ethernet interface of the controller. Ask your IT specialist for help with this setting.
If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the IP address, which has been assigned by the DHCP server.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IBLite NetMask
Comms Settings
[-]
All
If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the
Ethernet interface of the controller. Ask your IT specialist for help with this setting.
If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the IP address, which has been assigned by the DHCP server.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IBLite GateIP
Comms Settings
[-]
All
If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the IP address of the gateway of the network segment where the controller is connected.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 170
If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the gateway IP address which has been assigned by the DHCP server.
A gateway is a device which connects the respective segment with the other segments and/or Internet.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IBLite DHCP
Comms Settings
ENABLED, DISABLED [-]
All
The setpoint is used to select the method how the Ethernet connection is adjusted.
DISABLED:
The Ethernet connection is fixed by means of the setpoints IP Addr ,
NetMask , GateIP , DNS IP Address .
This method should be used for a classic Ethernet or internet connection.
When this type of connection opens, the controller is specified by its IP address. This means that it would be inconvenient if the IP address were not fixed (static).
ENABLED:
The Ethernet connection setting is obtained automatically from the DHCP server. The obtained settings are then copied to the related setpoints. If the process of obtaining the settings from the DHCP server is not successful, the value 000.000.000.000 is copied to the setpoint IP address and the module continues to try to obtain the settings.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ComAp Port
Comms Settings
0 ... 65535 [-]
All
This setpoint is used to adjust the port number, which is used for Ethernet
connection to a PC with any of ComAp PC program (i.e. LiteEdit ,
InteliMonitor ). This setpoint should be adjusted to 23, which is the default
port used by all ComAp PC programs. A different value should be used only in special situations such as sharing a single public IP address among many controllers or to overcome firewall restrictions.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: APN Name
Comms Settings
[-]
All
Name of APN access point for GPRS network provided by GSM/GPRS operator.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 171
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: APN UserName
Comms Settings
[-]
All
User name for APN access point provided by GSM/GPRS operator.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: APN UserPass
Comms Settings
[-]
All
User password for APN access point provided by GSM/GPRS operator.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AirGate
Comms Settings
DISABLED / ENABLED [-]
All
This setpoint selects the Ethernet connection mode.
DISABLED:
This is a standard mode in which the controller listens to the incoming traffic and answers the TCP/IP queries addressed to it. This mode requires the controller to be accessible from the remote device (PC), i.e. it must be accessible at a public and static IP address if you want to connect to it from the internet.
ENABLED:
This mode uses the “AirGate” service, which hides all issues with static/public address in a black box and you do not need to do anything about it. You need only a connection to the Internet. The AirGate server address is adjusted by the setpoint AirGate IP .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AirGate IP
Comms Settings
[-]
All
This setpoint is used for entering the domain name or IP address of the
AirGate server. Use the free AirGate server provided by ComAp at airgate.comap.cz if your company does not operate its own AirGate server.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 172
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SMTP UserName
Comms Settings
[-]
All
Use this setpoint to enter the username for the SMTP server.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SMTP UserPass
Comms Settings
[-]
All
Use this setpoint to enter the password for the SMTP server.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SMTP Server IP
Comms Settings
[-]
All
This setpoint is used for entering the domain name (e.g. smtp.yourprovider.com) or IP address (e.g. 74.125.39.109) of the SMTP server. Ask your internet provider or IT manager for this information.
H INT :
You may also use one of the free SMTP servers, e.g. smtp.gmail.com.
However, note that some free SMTP servers may cause delays (up to several hours) when sending e-mails.
If you do not want to send active e-mails, you may leave this setpoint blank, as well as other setpoints related to SMTP server and e-mail settings.
Proper setting of SMTP-related setpoints as well as the controller mailbox are essential for sending alerts via e-mails
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Contr MailBox
Comms Settings
[-]
All
Enter an existing e-mail address in this setpoint. This address will be used as the sender address in active e-mails that will be sent from the controller.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 173
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Time Zone
Comms Settings
GMT 12:00 … GMT +13:00 [-]
All
This setpoint is used to select the time zone where the controller is located.
Refer to your computer time zone settings (click on the time indicator located in the rightmost position of the Windows task bar) if you are not sure about your time zone.
H
INT
:
If the time zone is not selected properly the active e-mails may contain incorrect information about the time they were sent, which may result in confusion about when the respective problem actually occurred.
Setpoint: DNS IP Address
Comms Settings Group
Range [units] [-]
All Related applications
Description If DHCP is DISABLED this setpoint is used to adjust the domain name server (DNS), which is needed to translate domain names in e-mail addresses and server names into correct IP addresses.
If DHCP is ENABLED this setpoint is used to display the DNS server assigned by the DHCP server.
16.1.4 Group: Engine Params
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Starting RPM
Engine Params
5 ... 50 [%]
All
This setpoint defines the “firing” speed level as percent value of the nominal speed. If this level is exceeded the engine is considered as started. More
information is available in the Engine start chapter.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 174
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Start W Freq
Engine Params
0 … 2000 [Hz]
All
This setpoint defines starter cutoff frequency, if the engine speed is measured from the generator frequency and the “W” terminal from the charging alternator is connected to the pickup input. More information is
available in the Speed measurement chapter.
N
OTE
:
This setpoint is active only if the setpoint Gear Teeth is adjusted to zero.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Starting Oil P
Engine Params
Configuration dependent [Configuration dependent]
All
The controller will stop cranking (starter goes OFF) if the oil pressure rises above this limit. See the description of the start procedure in a separate
N OTE :
If an EFI engine is used, the oil pressure is read from its ECU. In the case of a traditional engine, the analog input 1 is configured as fixed for oil pressure measurement.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Prestart Time
Engine Params
0 ... 600 [s]
All
Duration of the closing of the Prestart output prior to the starter motor being
energized. Set it to zero to disable this function.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MaxCrank Time
Engine Params
1 ... 255 [s]
All
Maximum duration the starter motor is energized.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 175
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: CrnkFail Pause
Engine Params
5 ... 60 [s]
All
Pause between crank attempts.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Crank Attempts
Engine Params
1 ... 10 [-]
All
Max. number of crank attempts.
N OTE :
If the last attempt is not successful, the alarm Start fail is issued.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Idle Time
Engine Params
0 ... 600 [s]
All
This setpoint determines the duration of the Idle period which begins after
the engine is started. The output Idle/Nominal remains inactive during the
idle period. This output can be used for switching the governor between idle and nominal speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Min Stab Time
Engine Params
All
When the gen-set has been started and the idle timer has elapsed, the controller will wait for a period adjusted by this setpoint before closing GCB or starting synchronizing, even if the generator voltage and frequency are already in limits.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 176
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Max Stab Time
Engine Params
… 300 [s]
All
When the gen-set has been started and the idle timer has elapsed, the generator voltage and frequency must get within limits within this period of time, otherwise an appropriate red alarm (generator voltage and/or frequency) is issued.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Cooling Speed
Engine Params
IDLE, NOMINAL
All
This setpoint selects whether the cooling phase is performed at idle or
nominal speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Cooling Time
Engine Params
0 ... 3600 [s]
All
Duration of the gen-set is running unloaded to cool the engine down before stop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Stop Time
Engine Params
0 ... 240 [s]
All
Under normal conditions the engine must certainly stop within this period
after the fuel solenoid has been de-energized and the stop solenoid
energized. The stop solenoid remains energized for the entire stop time period.
N OTE :
See the chapter Cool down and stop for details about the stop procedure.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 177
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SDVentil Time
Engine Params
0 ... 60 [s]
All
In case Fuel Solenoid is set to GAS, the SDVentilTime adjusts the time of the starter to be switched on for engine pre-ventilation in the case of a first start attempt after shutdown or controller switch-on.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Fuel Solenoid
Engine Params
DIESEL, GAS [-]
All
This setpoint selects the type of start-up sequence according to engine fuel
type. See details in chapter Engine start .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: D+ Function
Engine Params
ENABLED, CHRGFAIL, DISABLED [-]
All
ENABLED: The D+ terminal is used for both functions – “running engine”
detection and charge fail alarm detection.
CHRGFAIL: The D+ terminal is used for charge fail alarm detection only
DISABLED: The D+ terminal is not used.
N OTE :
The magnetization current is provided independent of this setpoint value.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ECU FreqSelect
Engine Params
PRIMARY, SECONDARY, DEFAULT [-]
All
This setpoint is used for choosing a frequency of ECU. PRIMARY is for frequency which is set up in basic settings. SECONDARY is for frequency which is set up in alternative settings. DEFAULT is for frequency which is set up by producter of ECU.
VOLVO EMSII (GE engines)
The nominal speed is selected via the VP Status proprietary frame, parameter “Frequency select”.
SCANIA EMS/S6
The nominal speed is selected via parameters “Nominal speed switch 1” and
“Nominal speed switch 2” in the DLN1 proprietary frame.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 178
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MaxFuelDrop
Engine Params
0 (OFF) … 50 [%/h]
All
Setpoint indicates the maximum allowable drop of fuel in fuel tank per running hour. When the engine is not running, the maximum allowed fuel drop-off is preset to 5% of the total tank volume per hour.
In case of detection of theft or leak, the alarm Wrn FuelTheft is raised and
the same alarm is sent via SMS and displayed by WebSupervisor (if used).
N OTE :
Set 0 to disable Fuel Theft Protection function.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: FuelTankVolume
Engine Params
0 … 10000 [L]
All
Define a capacity of gen-set fuel tank.
16.1.5 Group: Engine Protect
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Horn Timeout
Engine Protect
0 ... 600 [s]
All
Maximum time the Horn output is active. The horn always activates
whenever a new alarm occurs and can be silenced earlier by pressing the
HORN RESET button. Acknowledging alarms by pressing FAULT RESET will silence the horn as well.
If a new alarm appears, the timeout starts to count down again from the beginning even if the previous countdown has still not elapsed. Adjust this setpoint to zero if you want to disable the horn completely.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ProtectHoldOff
Engine Protect
0 ... 300 [s]
All
Use this setpoint to adjust the delay starting evaluation of engine running only alarms. The delay starts to count down in the moment of transition from
starting phase to the idle phase.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 179
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Overspeed Sd
Engine Protect
100 … 150 [%]
All
Threshold for overspeed protection. Relative to the nominal speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Batt Overvolt
Engine Protect
All
Warning threshold for high battery voltage alarm.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Batt Undervolt
Engine Protect
All
Warning threshold for low battery voltage alarm.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Batt Volt Del
Engine Protect
0 ... 600 [s]
All
Delay for low battery voltage alarm.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI1 Yel
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 1.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 180
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI1 Red
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 1.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI1 Del
Engine Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 1.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI2 Yel
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 2.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI2 Red
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 2.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI2 Del
Engine Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 2.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 181
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI3 Yel
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 3.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI3 Red
Engine Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the red alarm configured to the analog input 3.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI3 Del
Engine Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 3.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: WrnMaintenance
Engine Protect
0 ... 10000 (OFF) [h]
All
Adjust this setpoint to the requested next maintenance interval. The value will count down when engine is running and if reaches zero, the alarm
Maintenance timer will appear.
This timer is also available in the value group Statistics , but it cannot be modified there.
In the event that WrnMaintenance is set to 10000 h the timer is disabled and not visible on the controller display.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 182
16.1.6 Group: Gener Protect
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Overload BOC
Gener Protect
100 ... 200 [%]
All
Limit for the generator overload alarm in % of the nominal power. The delay
of this alarm is adjustable by the setpoint Overload Del .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Overload Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for the generator overload alarm. The limit for this alarm is adjustable
by the setpoint Overload BOC .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Amps IDMT Del
Gener Protect
1 ... 600 [s]
All
IDMT curve shape selection. Amps IDMT Del is Reaction time of IDMT protection for 200% overcurrent
𝐼 gen
= 2 ∙ 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡
IDMT is “very inverse” generator over current protection. Reaction time is not constant but depends on generator over current level according to the following formula:
Reaction time =
𝐴𝑚𝑝𝑠 𝐼𝐷𝑀𝑇 𝐷𝑒𝑙 ∙ 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡
𝐼 gen
− 𝑁𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑛 𝐶𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡
H INT :
Reaction time is limited to 3600 = 60 minutes. IDMT protection is not active for Reaction time values longer than 60 minutes.
Example
I gen
is maximal value of all measured phases of generator current.
Example of Reaction time for different over current levels. Values in column
200% are IDMT Curr Del.
Overcurrent
≤ 100% 101% 110%
Reaction time
200% =
IDMT Curr
Del
0.2s
2s
20s
No action
No action
No action
20s
200s
No action
(time > 3600s)
2s
20s
200s
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 183
Maximal Reaction time
Amps IDMT Del
Nominal Current Short Crct Sd
Igen
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Short Crct BOC
Gener Protect
100 ... 500 [%]
All
Limit for the generator short circuit alarm. The delay of this alarm is
adjustable by the setpoint Short Crct Del .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Short Crct Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 10.00 [s]
All
Delay for the generator short circuit alarm. The limit for this alarm is
adjustable by the setpoint Short Crct BOC .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Amps Unbal BOC
Gener Protect
1 ... 200 [%]
All
Threshold for generator current unbalance alarm , relative to the nominal
current (setpoint Nomin Current ).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 184
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Amps Unbal Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for generator current unbalance alarm .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: EarthFault Sd
Gener Protect
1 ... 10000 [A]
All
Limit value for Earth Fault Current protection.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: EarthFault Del
Gener Protect
0.1 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for Earth Fault Current protection.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen >V Sd
Gener Protect
… 200 [%]
All
Threshold for generator overvoltage alarm , relative to the nominal voltage
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen <V BOC
Gener Protect
All
Threshold for generator undervoltage alarm , relative to the nominal voltage
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 185
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen V Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for generator undervoltage and overvoltage alarm .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Volt Unbal BOC
Gener Protect
1 ... 200 [%]
All
Threshold for generator voltage unbalance alarm , relative to the nominal
voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts ).
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Volt Unbal Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for generator voltage unbalance alarm .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen >Freq BOC
Gener Protect
All
Threshold for generator overfrequency alarm , relative to the nominal
frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq ).
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen <Freq BOC
Gener Protect
All
Threshold for generator underfrequency alarm , relative to the nominal
frequency (setpoint Nominal Freq ).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 186
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Gen Freq Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for generator underfrequency and overfrequency alarm .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: BusMeasError
Gener Protect
DISABLED, ENABLED [s]
MINT
If the protection is ENABLED the Bus Measure error is detected in MINT application when the voltage on controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 seconds after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode. b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode. c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed.
The alarm is activated after 20s. However, the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Reverse Pwr BOC
Gener Protect
1 ... 50 [%]
All
Threshold for generator reverse power alarm
, relative to the Nominal power .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Reverse Pwr Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600.0 [s]
All
Delay for generator reverse power alarm .
Setpoint: ExcitationLoss
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Gener Protect
0 ... 150 [%]
All
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 187
Description Loss of excitation is based on measurement of negative kVAr and it is BOCtype protection. Value is calculated from the Nominal Power. For example for 200 kW gen-set 50% will represent -100 kVAr. Default value is 30%.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ExctLoss Del
Gener Protect
0 ... 600 [s]
All
Delay for evaluation of Loss of excitation. Default value is 2 s.
16.1.7 Group: Pwr Management
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Pwr Management
Pwr Management
DISABLED, ENABLED [-]
MINT
The setpoint enables and disables the gen-set to be active within the power management of the group. It performs automatic load dependent starts and stops or load demand swap. If the power management is disabled the genset’s nominal power is not part of the power management calculation,
however gen-set itself will start/stop on Sys Start/Stop signal.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Pwr Manag Del
Power Management
0 … 3600 [s]
MINT
Setpoint defines delay of the Power management. When Sys Start/Stop signal is activated and the gen-sets should start, all the engines (where
Power Management is enabled) are started and stay running for time period specified by this parameter. After this period elapses, only the gen-set(s) needed according to the Power Management calculation (i.e. SystReserve
OK = 1) stay running and the rest is stopped.
Pwr management Del is useful, when you need to start gen-sets to an unknown load. Setting for example 360s (6minutes) and activating Sys
Start/Stop will force all gen-sets to start and run for 6 minutes despite of the power management setting.
By setting “0” the Power Management function is enabled immediately.
Group
Setpoint: #PowerMgmtMode
Power Management
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 188
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
ABS(kW), REL(%) ... [-]
MINT
Use this setpoint to select whether the power management has to be based
on absolute reserve (in kW) or relative (in %).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 189
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Priority
Pwr Management
1 ... 32 [-]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the priority of the gen-set within the group. A lower number represents a “higher” priority, i.e. a gen-set with lower number will start before another one with higher number.
If the binary input Top Priority is active, the gen-set gets the highest
priority (0) independent of the setpoint setting.
N OTE :
If more than one gen-set have the same priority they will act as “one big” gen-set.
C AUTION :
Value of the setpoint Priority is taken into account only for Load Demand
Start/Stop power management.
Group
Setpoint: #PriorAutoSwap
Pwr management
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
DISABLED, RUN HOURS, EFFICENT
MINT
This setpoint selects the method of optimization of priorities:
DISABLED Optimization is disabled. Priorities are given directly by the values adjusted in the setpoint Priority .
RUN HOURS The priority setpoints are automatically updated
(swapped) to equalize running hours of the gen-sets or to keep constant difference of running hours by the controller.
EFFICENT This method changes the priorities (not the setpoints itself) to optimize which gen-sets are running according to their capacities and actual load demand. Note that this priority swapping function may be used only if #Pwr
mgmt mode is set to ABS (kW).
Optimal power band (number of running gen-sets) is calculated based on the nominal power of each gen-set, their Run Hours and requested Load reserve. For gensets with the same nominal power also run hour equalization is being performed.
N OTE :
Binary input Top Priority can be used only if #PriorAutoSwap = DISABLED
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 190
N OTE :
Since version IC-NT 2.0 setting #RunHrsMaxDiff = 0 or 65000 no longer switch off the function of run hours equalization.
N OTE :
There is additional 200 ms time gap after SysAMFstrtDel in order to allow the controllers to calculate which gen-set has to start.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #SysAMFStrtDel
Power Management
0 ... 600 [s]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the delay of the system activation after the binary input
Sys Start/Stop has been activated.
This delay is typically used as “AMF start delay”, similar to the setpoint
EmergStart Del in SPtM, on multiple AMF applications without
MainsCompact. See MINT basic schemes .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #SysAMFStopDel
Power Management
0 ... 600 [s]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the delay of the system deactivation after the binary
input Sys Start/Stop has been deactivated.
This delay is typically used as “Mains return delay”, similar to the setpoint
MainsReturnDel in SPtM, on multiple AMF applications without
MainsCompact. See MINT basic schemes .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #LoadResStrt 1
Power Management
#PowerMgmtMode dependent]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the reserve for start if the set 1 of reserves is selected,
i.e. binary input Load Reserve 2
is not active. See the power management description to learn more about reserves.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 191
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #LoadResStop 1
Power Management
#PowerMgmtMode dependent]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the reserve for stop if the set 1 of reserves is selected,
i.e. binary input Load Reserve 2
is not active. See the power management description to learn more about reserves.
Setpoint: #LoadResStrt 2
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Power Management
#PowerMgmtMode dependent]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the reserve for start if the set 2 of reserves is selected,
i.e. binary input Load Reserve 2
is active. See the power management description to learn more about reserves.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #LoadResStop 2
Power Management
#PowerMgmtMode dependent]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the reserve for stop if the set 2 of reserves is selected,
i.e. binary input Load Reserve 2
is active. See the power management description to learn more about reserves.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #MinRun Power
Power Management
0 ... 65000 [kW]
MINT
In case of activation LBI MinRunPower -> based on the nominal power, the gen-sets needed for equalizing the actual MinRunPower requirement are started (or kept running even if stop reserve is fulfilled). Note, that LBI’s Min
Run Power needs to be activated on all gen-sets in the same time.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #NextStrt Del
Power Management
0 ... 3600 [s]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the delay for starting the next gen-set after the reserve has dropped below the reserve for start.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 192
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #OverldNextDel
Power Management
0 ... 3600 [s]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the delay for starting the next gen-set after the reserve has dropped below zero, i.e. the system is overloaded.
N OTE :
Adjust this setpoint as short as possible to avoid system shutdown due to overload caused by too fast load rising.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #NextStopDel
Power Management
0 ... 3600 [s]
MINT
This setpoint adjusts the delay for stopping the gen-set after the reserve has risen above the reserve for stop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #SlowStopDel
Power Management
0 ... 600 [s]
MINT
If a slow stop red alarm occurs, the affected gen-set will notify the other gensets that it is no longer available, but will remain loaded until the next genset starts and connects to the bus. This setpoint adjusts the maximum time the affected gen-set will wait for another one to start. After this period it will perform a slow stop regardless of other gen-sets.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: RunHoursBase
Power Management
0 ... 200000 [h]
MINT
Running hours base corrects actual Running hours differences between particular gen-sets.
Example:
Gen-set 1 actual Running hours = 1000 h.
Gen-set 2 actual Running hours = 2000 h.
Adjust RunHourBas e for Gen-set 1 = 1000 h and RunHourBas e for
Gen-set 2 = 2000 h to be on the same base for Running Hours Equalization.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 193
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #RunHrsMaxDiff
Power Management
0 … 65000 [h]
MINT
Maximum allowed Running hours difference between gen-sets.
Running Hours Equalization function is only active when:
BI Sys Start/Stop = ACTIVE
#PriorAutoSwap = RUN HOURS
#RunHrsMaxDiff is not set to 0 or 65000; only for fw version less than 2.0 (these values DISABLE Running Hours Equalization function)
When running gen-set reaches # RunHrsMaxDiff value, its Priority is automatically swapped with the lowest priority gen-set that takes part in
Running Hours Equalization.
C AUTION :
To disable “Running Hours Equalization” function (setpoint
# RunHrsMaxDiff ):
setpoint # RunHrsMaxDiff = 65000 => for version IC-NT 1.3 and 1.3.1
setpoint # RunHrsMaxDiff 0 => for version IC-NT 1.4
setpoint # RunHrsMaxDiff 0 or 65000 => for version IC-NT 1.4.1+
setpoint #PriorAutoSwap ≠ RUN HOURS => for version IC-NT 2.0+
Setpoint: #PwrBnChngDIUp
Pwr Management Group
Range [units] 0 - 3600 [s]
MINT Related applications
Description Power Band Change Delay Up - this setpoint is used for adjusting the delay of changing the power band if the load demand rose above the upper limit of the current power band. Setpoint is taken into account only if #PriorAutoSwap =
EFFICENT.
Setpoint: #PwrBnChngDIDn
Pwr Management Group
Range [units] 0 - 3600 [s]
MINT Related applications
Description Power Band Change Delay Down - this setpoint is used for adjusting the delay of changing the power band if the load demand drops below the lower limit of the
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 194
current power band. Setpoint is taken into account only if #PriorAutoSwap =
EFFICENT.
16.1.8 Group: AMF Settings
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: EmergStart Del
AMF Settings
0 ... 600 [s]
SPtM
Delay between the mains failure and the automatic start of the gen-set to an
AMF operation. See more in the AMF operation chapter.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MainsReturnDel
AMF Settings
1 … 3600 [s]
SPtM
This is a “mains stabilization” time. If the mains are continuously healthy for this period after they have returned, the controller will finish the AMF operation (e.g. by reverse synchronization or a switchover). See more in the
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Mains >V
AMF Settings
SPtM
Threshold for detection of mains failure due to overvoltage. The setpoint is
adjusted relative to the generator nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts ).
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Mains <V
AMF Settings
SPtM
Threshold for detection of mains failure due to undervoltage. The setpoint is
adjusted relative to the generator nominal voltage (setpoint Nominal Volts ).
Group
Setpoint: Mains V Del
AMF Settings
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 195
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
0 ... 600.0 [s]
SPtM
Delay for detection of mains failure due to over/undervoltage.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Mains >Freq
AMF Settings
SPtM
Threshold for detection of mains failure due to overfrequency. The setpoint
is adjusted relative to the generator nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Mains <Freq
AMF Settings
SPtM
Threshold for detection of mains failure due to underfrequency. The setpoint
is adjusted relative to the generator nominal frequency (setpoint Nominal
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Mains Freq Del
AMF Settings
0 ... 600.0 [s]
SPtM
Delay for detection of mains failure due to over/underfrequency.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: VectorShiftLim
AMF Settings
1 .
.. 45 [°]
SPtM
Threshold for detection of mains failure due to Vector shift . A mains failure is
detected immediately when the vector surge has occurred without any delay.
Setpoint: Transfer Del
Group
Range [units]
AMF Settings
0 ... 600 [s]
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 196
Related applications
Description
SPtM
When a switchover of the MCB and GCB is performed (in both directions), this setpoint defines the period between one breaker being opened and the other closed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MCB Close Del
AMF Settings
0 ... 60 [s]
SPtM
If the gen-set is still not in AMF operation e.g. GCB has not started and not closed yet, and the mains becomes healthy again, the MCB is reclosed after the mains are continuously healthy for this time period.
N OTE :
If the gen-set is already supplying the load, the setpoint MainsReturnDel will
be active instead of this setpoint.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MCB Opens On
AMF Settings
MAINSFAIL, GENRUN [-]
SPtM
Adjusting of the condition when MCB opens after Mains fail:
MAINSFAIL: Controller opens the MCB when Mains fail is detected (24V DC controlled circuit breaker or contactor expected).
GENRUN: Controller opens the MCB only after the gen-set has been started, i.e. the generator voltage is present to open the MCB (230V AC controlled breaker expected).
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: RetFromIsland
AMF Settings
MANUAL, AUTO [-]
SPtM
MANUAL: When RetFromIsland = MANUAL and there is a Mains Fail, gensets are started and after Mains Return operator can manually transfer the load back to Mains even if the controller stays in AUT mode.
AUTO: No automatic mode change is performed.
N OTE :
Select RetFromIsland = MANUAL in case you need to manually control the moment when the load is transferred back to the mains.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 197
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: BreakerOverlap
AMF Settings
0,0 ... 300,0 [s]
SPtM
This setpoint adjusts maximal time period the both GCB and MCB are closed together during the interrupt-free transfer of the load from the mains to the gen-set and vice versa.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: ReturnFromTEST
AMF Settings
DISABLED, ENABLED [-]
SPtM
Adjusting of the behaviour of the controller if the gen-set is supplying the load in TEST mode (after mains have failed) and the mains are recovered:
DISABLED: The gen-set will remain running and supplying the load until
operating mode is changed. See Manual return from test description.
ENABLED: The controller will transfer the load back to the healthy mains
and remain running unloaded. See Automatic return from test description.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: MCB Logic
AMF Settings
CLOSE-ON, CLOSE-OFF [-]
SPtM
The setpoint selects behaviour of the MCB Close/Open output:
CLOSE-ON: Binary output MCB close/open is activated, when the MCB is requested to be closed (normal, positive logic).
CLOSE-OFF: Binary output MCB close/open is activated, when the MCB is requested to be open (inverted, negative logic).
C AUTION !
For safety reasons it is recommended to use negative logic (CLOSE-OFF).
Using positive logic could cause the mains to be disconnected accidentally when the controller is switched off or a wire is broken.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 198
16.1.9 Group: Sync/Load Ctrl
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Speed Gov Char
Sync/Load Ctrl
POSITIVE, NEGATIVE [-]
All
This setpoint selects the characteristic of the speed governor output of the controller. Adjust it according to the behaviour of the remote speed input of the governor:
POSITIVE: raising the voltage on the governor remote speed input causes engine speed to rise.
NEGATIVE: raising the voltage on the governor remote speed input causes engine speed to go down.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Speed Gov Bias
Sync/Load Ctrl
SpeedGovLowLim ... SpeedGovHiLim [V]
All
This setpoint adjusts the initial voltage level for the speed governor output, which is present on the output, if no speed or power regulation loop is active.
See the chapter Governor interface for details about the recommended
settings for various governor types. To make a fine adjustment, start the gen-set in MAN mode, leave it running unloaded and then make fine adjustment of this setpoint to achieve nominal engine speed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SpeedGovLowLim
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 … SpeedGovHiLim [V]
All
Lower limit of the speed governor output. Use this setpoint to adjust the governor output range according to your governor type.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: SpeedGovHiLim
Sync/Load Ctrl
SpeedGovLowLim … 10.00 [V]
All
Upper limit of the speed governor output. Use this setpoint to adjust the governor output range according to your governor type.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 199
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: TauSpeedActuat
Sync/Load Ctrl
1 ... 300 [s]
All
Time constant of the speed actuator connected to the binary outputs Speed
Up/Speed Down. Setting of this parameter affects the length of the pulses on these binary outputs. This is to match the reaction of the controller’s regulator with the actual reaction time of the actuator.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Voltage Window
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 … 100.0 [%]
All
This setpoint adjusts maximum difference between generator and mains/bus
voltage in respective phases for synchronizing .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Phase Window
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 .
.. 90 [°]
All
This setpoint adjusts the maximum absolute value of difference between actual phase angle between the generator and mains/bus voltages for
N OTE :
To disable issuing the breaker close command (i.e. for test purpose) adjust this setpoint to 0. Synchronizing will continue until a timeout occurs or the breaker is closed externally.
X = PhaseWindow
Allowed range of phase angle difference
0
-X X
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 200
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Dwell Time
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 … 25.0 [s]
All
The period of time that the phase angle difference must be within +/- Phase
Window and voltage difference within Voltage Window before the breaker is
closed.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Freq Gain
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
All
Gain of the frequency control PI loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Freq Int
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
All
Relative integration factor of the frequency control loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Angle Gain
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
All
Gain of the phase angle control loop.
During synchronization, first the frequency loop is started to match the generator frequency with the mains or bus and after that the phase angle loop is started to match the phase angle.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 201
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Load Ramp
Sync/Load Cont
0 ... GCB Open Del [s]
All
All changes of requested gen-set load (except in load-sharing mode) are not made as one step, but are ramped – i.e. the requested load is changing slowly with the rate adjusted by this setpoint.
The rate is adjusted in seconds for 100% load change (from 0 to 100% of nominal power). So if the requested load change is 50% of nominal power, the ramp duration will be 50% of this setpoint.
The ramp takes place in the following situations:
The gen-set has been just synchronized and is ramping up to the target load level (e.g. baseload in parallel to mains operation or average gen-set load in multiple load-sharing operation)
The gen-set is running parallel to the mains and baseload is changed.
The gen-set is being unloaded before opening the GCB and stop. In
this case the end load level is adjusted by the setpoint GCB Open
and the timeout for unloading is adjusted by the setpoint GCB
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Load Gain
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
All
Gain of the load control PI loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Load Int
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
All
Relative integration factor of the load control loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: GCB Open Level
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
All
After a stop command has been issued in parallel to mains or other gen-sets operation, the gen-set load is ramped down before the GCB will open. Use this setpoint to adjust the end-point of the ramp, e.g. the load level (in % of
Nominal Power ) where the GCB will be opened.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 202
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: GCB Open Del
Sync/Load Ctrl
Load Ramp ... 1800 [s]
All
Use this setpoint to adjust the timeout for reaching the load level GCB Open
Level during the gen-set is being unloaded. When the timeout has elapsed,
the GCB will open regardless of the load.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Sync Timeout
Sync/Load Ctrl
1 ... 1800 [s]
All
This setpoint adjusts the maximum duration of synchronizing. If
synchronizing is not successful within this period of time, the Sync Timeout
or RevSyncTimeout alarm will be issued.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: LoadShare Gain
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
MINT
Gain of the load sharing control PI loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: LoadShare Int
Sync/Load Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
MINT
Relative integration factor of load sharing control loop.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 203
16.1.10 Group: Volt/PF Ctrl
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AVRi Bias
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 100.0 [%]
All
This setpoint adjusts the initial PWM level for the AVR output, which is present on the output, if no voltage or power factor regulation loop is active.
See the chapter AVR interface for details about the recommended settings
for various AVR types.
N OTE :
The voltage level on the AVR remote voltage input depends also on AVRi output wiring and potentiometer position.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Voltage Gain
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 … 200.0 [%]
All
Gain of the voltage control PI loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Voltage Int
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
All
Relative integration factor of the voltage control loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PF Gain
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
All
Gain of power factor control PI loop.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 204
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PF Int
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
All
Relative integration factor of the power factor control loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: VAr Share Gain
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 200.0 [%]
MINT
Gain of VAr sharing control PI loop.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: VAr Share Int
Volt/PF Ctrl
0 ... 100 [%]
MINT
Relative integration factor of VAr sharing control loop.
16.1.11 Group: ExtI/O Protect
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI1 Yel
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 1 of the
extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI1 Red
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 205
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI1 Del
ExtI/O Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 1 of the extension module
IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI2 Yel
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 2 of the
extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI2 Red
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI2 Del
ExtI/O Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 2 of the extension module
IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI3 Yel
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 3 of the
extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 206
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI3 Red
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI3 Del
ExtI/O Protect
0 … 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 3 of the extension module
IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI4 Yel
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold for the yellow alarm configured to the analog input 4 of the
extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI4 Red
ExtI/O Protect
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI4 Del
ExtI/O Protect
0 ... 180 [s]
All
Delay of the alarms configured to the analog input 4 of the extension module
IG-IOM or IGS-PTM.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 207
16.1.12 Group: SMS/E-Mail
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Yel Alarm Msg
SMS/E-Mail
OFF, ON [-]
All
Set this setpoint to YES if you want to get messages when a yellow alarm occurs.
N OTE :
The target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be set
correctly to the setpoint(s) Phone/Addr 1
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Red Alarm Msg
SMS/E-Mail
OFF, ON [-]
All
Set this setpoint to YES if you want to get messages when a red alarm occurs.
N OTE :
The target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be set
correctly to the setpoint(s) Phone/Addr 1
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Event Msg
SMS/E-Mail
OFF, ON [-]
All
Set this setpoint to ON if you want to get messages when a new event occurs. For target address (GSM phone number or e-mail address) must be
set correctly to the setpoint(s) TelNo/Addr Ch1 or TelNo/Addr Ch2 .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 208
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: TelNo/Addr Ch1
SMS/E-Mail
[-]
All
Enter in this setpoint either a valid GSM phone number or e-mail address where the alarm messages shall be sent.
N OTE :
For GSM numbers use either the national format (i.e. the number you would dial if you wanted to make a local call) or the full international format beginning with a “+” character followed by the country prefix.
N
OTE
:
This setpoint can be modified from a PC only!
Setpoint: TelNo/Addr Ch2
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
SMS/E-Mail
[-]
All
Enter in this setpoint either a valid GSM phone number or e-mail where the alarm messages shall be sent.
N OTE :
For GSM numbers use either the national format (i.e. the number you would dial if you wanted to make a local call) or the full international format beginning with a “+” character followed by the country prefix.
N OTE :
This setpoint can be modified from a PC only!
16.1.13 Group: AnalogSwitches
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch1 ON
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 1 of the controller.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 209
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch1 OFF
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 1 of the controller.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch2 ON
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 2 of the controller.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch2 OFF
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 2 of the controller.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch3 ON
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching ON the analog switch assigned to the analog input 3 of the controller.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AnaSwitch3 OFF
AnalogSwitches
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
Threshold level for switching OFF the analog switch assigned to the analog input 3 of the controller.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 210
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PowerSwitch ON
AnalogSwitches
0 … 32000 [kW]
All
On level for power switch activation, see Power switch chapter.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: PowerSwitchOFF
AnalogSwitches
0 ... 32000 [kW]
All
Off level for power switch activation, see Power switch chapter.
16.1.14 Group: Date/Time
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Time Stamp Per
Date/Time
0 … 240 [min]
All
If the gen-set is running, the Time stamp records are written periodically into the history. Use this setpoint to adjust the period in which these records are written. Adjust the setpoint to 0 to disable this function.
N
OTE
:
The shorter the timestamp period, the earlier the history log will be overwritten by Time stamp records. For example, if the period is set to 1 min, the history will be overwritten after approx. 2 hours of continuous operation.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #SummerTimeMod
Date/Time
DISABLED, WINTER, SUMMER, WINTER-S, SUMMER-S [-]
All
DISABLED: time mode switching is disabled.
WINTER: northern hemisphere winter time is valid for the current time period.
SUMMER: northern hemisphere summer (daylight saving) time is valid for the current time period.
WINTER-S: southern hemisphere winter time is valid for the current time period.
SUMMER-S: southern hemisphere summer (daylight saving) time is valid for the current time period.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 211
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #Time
Date/Time
[hh.mm.ss]
All
System time can be modified here. The system time is stored in a batterybackup RTC circuit and does not normally need to be adjusted except for initial setting and occasional corrections.
The system date and time is used for the exercise timers as well as for the history log. Each record in the history log contains a date/time stamp.
N OTE :
If the system date and time become inaccurate after the controller has been switched off for a long period of time, it may indicate that the backup battery needs to be replaced.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: #Date
Date/Time
[dd.mm.yyyy]
All
System date can be modified here. The system date is stored in a batterybackup RTC circuit and does not normally need to be adjusted except for initial setting.
The system date and time is used for the exercise timers as well as for the history log. Each record in the history log contains a date/time stamp.
N OTE :
If the system date and time becomes incorrect after the controller has been switched off for a long period of time, it may indicate that the backup battery needs to be replaced.
Setpoint: Timer1 Repeat
Group
Range [units]
Date/Time
NONE, MONDAY, TUESDAY, ... SUNDAY, MON-FRI, MON-SAT, MON-
SUN, SAT-SUN [-]
All Related applications
Description This setpoint adjusts the repetition period of the Timer 1. Learn more about
exercise timers in a separate chapter .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 212
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer1 ON Time
Date/Time
[hh:mm:ss]
All
Timer 1 will be activated at this time on selected day(s). Learn more about
exercise timers in a separate chapter .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer1Duration
Date/Time
1 ... 1440 [min]
All
This setpoint adjusts the duration that Timer 1 will be active within one cycle.
Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer1Function
Date/Time
No Func, Mode OFF, MFail Blk, TEST, TEST OnLd [-]
All
It is possible to choose among the following 5 (for SPtM) or 3 (for MINT)
Timer functions. The binary output Exerc Timer 1 is always activated when
the Timer is active regardless of chosen Timer function.
MINT Only
No Func
AutoRun
There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer1
activation
Mode OFF
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally
connected to the Remote OFF binary input
When this option is chosen the Timer directly starts gen-set (in
AUT mode)
SPtM Only
No Func
There is no other function besides binary output Exerc Timer1
activation
Mode OFF
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally
connected to the Remote OFF binary input
MFail Blk
TEST
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally
connected to the MainsFailBlock binary input.
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally
connected to the Remote TEST binary input.
TEST
OnLd
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also internally
connected to the Rem TEST OnLd binary input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 213
Setpoint: Timer2 Repeat
Group
Range [units]
Date/Time
NONE, MONDAY, TUESDAY, ... SUNDAY, MON-FRI, MON-SAT, MON-
SUN, SAT-SUN [-]
All Related applications
Description This setpoint adjusts the repetition period of Timer 2. Learn more about
exercise timers in a separate chapter .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer2 ON Time
Date/Time
[hh:mm:ss]
All
Timer 2 will be activated at this time on selected day(s). Learn more about
exercise timers in a separate chapter .
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer2Duration
Date/Time
1 … 1440 [min]
All
This setpoint adjusts the duration that Timer 2 will be active within one cycle.
Learn more about exercise timers in a separate chapter .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 214
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: Timer2 Function
Date/Time
No Func, Mode OFF, MFail Blk, TEST, TEST OnLd [-]
All
It is possible to choose among the following 5 (for SPtM) or 3 (for MINT)
Timer functions. The binary output Exerc Timer 2 is always activated when
the Timer is active regardless of the chosen Timer function.
MINT Only
No Func
Mode OFF
AutoRun
There is no other function besides binary output Exerc
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also
internally connected to the Remote OFF binary input
When this option is chosen the Timer directly starts genset (in AUT mode)
SPtM Only
No Func
Mode OFF
MFail Blk
There is no other function besides binary output Exerc
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also
internally connected to the Remote OFF binary input
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also
internally connected to the MainsFailBlock binary input.
TEST
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also
internally connected to the Remote TEST binary input.
TEST OnLd
When this option is chosen the Timer output is also
internally connected to the Rem TEST OnLd binary input.
16.1.15 Group: Sensors Spec
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI1Calibration
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 1, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint
(constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N
OTE
:
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 215
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI2Calibration
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 2, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint
(constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N OTE :
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: AI3Calibration
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the controller analog input 3, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint
(constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N OTE :
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI1 Calibr
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 1 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N OTE :
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 216
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI2 Calibr
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to "calibrate" the analog input 2 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N
OTE
:
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI3 Calibr
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 3 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N OTE :
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
Group
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
Setpoint: IOM AI4 Calibr
Sensors Spec
Limits and units depend on analog input configuration
All
This setpoint can be used to “calibrate” the analog input 4 of the extension module IG-IOM or IGS-PTM, i.e. shift the measured value on the analog input with a constant. The setpoint (constant) is always added to the measured analog value.
N OTE :
It is recommended to perform the calibration under operating conditions, i.e. perform a coolant temperature sensor calibration when the engine is warm, not cold.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 217
16.2 Table of values
16.2.1 Group: Engine
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: RPM
Engine
RPM
All
This value contains the current engine speed. The value is obtained from one of the following sources:
ECU, if an ECU is configured
Pickup input
Generator frequency
Learn more in the Speed measurement chapter.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: W-TerminalFreq
Engine
Hz
All
Frequency measured on the pickup input if the setpoint Gear Teeth is
adjusted to zero and it is expected that the “W” terminal from the charging alternator is connected to the pickup input.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: ECU State
Engine
-
All
Shows binary status (0 or 1) of ECU:
ECU Yellow Lamp
ECU Red Lamp
WaitToStrt
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Fuel Rate ECU
Engine
L/h or G/h
– selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Current fuel consumption obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if
ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 218
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Cool Temp ECU
Engine
ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Coolant temperature obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is
not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IntakeTemp ECU
Engine
ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Intake air temperature obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is
not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Oil Press ECU
Engine
Bar/Psi
– selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Oil pressure obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not
configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Oil Temp ECU
Engine
ºC/ºF – selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Oil temperature obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not
configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: BoostPress ECU
Engine
Bar/Psi
– selectable in configuration ( LiteEdit )
All
Engine boost pressure obtained from the ECU. Contains invalid flag if ECU
is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 219
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Perc Load ECU
Engine
%
All
“Percent load at current speed” value obtained from the ECU. Contains
invalid flag if ECU is not configured or if the particular ECU does not provide
this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: FuelLevel ECU
Engine
%
All
Fuel level obtained from the J1939 bus. Contains invalid flag if ECU is not
configured or if the particular ECU does not provide this value.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: ECU FreqSelect
Engine
-
All
Shows selected frequency of ECU. “0” means PRIMARY, “1” is
SECONDARY and “#####” is DEFAULT.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Speed Request
Engine
%
All
Engine speed control via CAN bus.
Speed request Requested speed
0%
50%
100%
1350 RPM
1500 RPM
1650 RPM
Accelerator pedal position
0%
50%
100%
N OTE :
This function (speed adjust via CAN bus) has to be supported by the engine
ECU. Without the support, ComAp controllers can not adjust the engine speed.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 220
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: SpeedReq RPM
Engine
RPM
All
Requested engine speed.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: DPF1 Soot Load
Engine
%
All
The rate of soot in DPF (Diesel particulate filter).
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: DPF1 Ash Load
Engine
%
All
The rate of ash in DPF (Diesel particulate filter).
16.2.2 Group: Generator
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kW
Generator kW
All
Generator active power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kW L1
Generator kW
All
Generator active power in phase L1.
Group
Value: Gen kW L2
Generator
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 221
Units
Related applications
Description kW
All
Generator active power in phase L2.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kW L3
Generator kW
All
Generator active power in phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVAr
Generator kVAr
All
Generator reactive power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVAr L1
Generator kVAr
All
Generator reactive power in phase L1.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVAr L2
Generator kVAr
All
Generator reactive power in phase L2.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVAr L3
Generator kVAr
All
Generator reactive power in phase L3.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 222
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVA
Generator kVA
All
Generator apparent power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVA L1
Generator kVA
All
Generator apparent power in phase L1.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVA L2
Generator kVA
All
Generator apparent power in phase L2.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen kVA L3
Generator kVA
All
Generator apparent power in phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen PF
Generator
-
All
Generator power factor.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 223
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen Load Char
Generator
-
All
Character of the generator load. “L” means inductive load, “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen PF L1
Generator
-
All
Generator power factor in phase L1.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen Lchr L1
Generator
-
All
Character of the generator load in the L1 phase. “L” means inductive load,
“C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen PF L2
Generator
-
All
Generator power factor in phase L2.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen Lchr L2
Generator
-
All
Character of the generator load in the L2 phase. “L” means inductive load,
“C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 224
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen PF L3
Generator
-
All
Generator power factor in phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen Lchr L3
Generator
-
All
Character of the generator load in the L3 phase. “L” means inductive load,
“C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen Freq
Generator
Hz
All
Generator frequency taken from phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L1-N
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L1 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L2-N
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L2 voltage.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 225
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L3-N
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L1-L2
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L2-L3
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen V L3-L1
Generator
V
All
Generator phase L3 to phase L1 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen A L1
Generator
A
All
Generator current phase L1.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 226
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen A L2
Generator
A
All
Generator current phase L2.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Gen A L3
Generator
A
All
Generator current phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: EarthFaultCurr
Generator
A
MINT
Measured value of fault for evaluation of earth fault protection.
16.2.3 Group: Mains
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains Freq
Mains
Hz
SPtM
Mains frequency taken from phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L1-N
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L1 voltage.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 227
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L2-N
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L2 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L3-N
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L1-L2
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L2-L3
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains V L3-L1
Mains
V
SPtM
Mains phase L3 to phase L1 voltage.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 228
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains A L3/EF
Mains
A
SPtM
Mains effective current in phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains kW I
Mains kW
SPtM
Mains active power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains kVAr I
Mains kVAr
SPtM
Mains reactive power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains PF
Mains
-
SPtM
Mains power factor.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Mains LChr
Mains
-
SPtM
Character of the mains. “L” means inductive load, “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 229
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Load kW
Mains kW
SPtM
Load active power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Load kVAr
Mains kVAr
SPtM
Load reactive power.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Load PF
Mains
-
SPtM
Load power factor.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Load LChr
Mains
-
SPtM
Character of the load. “L” means inductive load, “C” is capacitive and “R” is resistive load (power factor = 1).
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Slip
Mains
Hz
All
Differential frequency between the gen-set and the mains.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 230
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Angle
Mains
°
All
The phase shift between the gen-set and the mains voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: MaxVectorShift
Mains
º
SPtM
This is the maximum measured value of the vector shift of the generator
voltage. The value is reset to 0 automatically in the moment of closing the
GCB.
16.2.4 Group: Bus
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus Freq
Bus
Hz
MINT
Bus frequency taken from phase L3.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L1-N
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L1 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L2-N
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L2 voltage.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 231
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L3-N
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L1-L2
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L1 to phase L2 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L2-L3
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L2 to phase L3 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bus V L3-L1
Bus
V
MINT
Bus phase L3 to phase L1 voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Slip
Mains
Hz
MINT
Differential frequency between the gen-set and the mains.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 232
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Angle
Mains
°
MINT
The phase shift between the gen-set and the mains voltage.
16.2.5 Group: Pwr Management
Value: Actual Reserve
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Power management kW or % (depends on #PowerMgmtMode setpoint)
MINT
#PowerMgmtMode setpoint is set to ABS(kW):
This value represents the difference between the current load of the group and the nominal capacity of the currently loaded gen-sets.
Actual Reserve = ∑ 𝑃 nom
− ∑ 𝑃 act
[kW]
#PowerMgmtMode setpoint is set to REL(%):
This value represents the difference between the actual relative load of the group and 100%.
Actual Reserve = 100 ∙ (1 −
∑ 𝑃 act
∑ 𝑃 nom
) [%]
𝑃 nom
𝑃 act
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Running ActPwr
Power management kW
MINT
Sum of active power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management, i.e. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 233
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Running Q-Pwr
Power management kVAr
MINT
Sum of reactive power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management, i.e. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Running NomPwr
Power management kW
MINT
Sum of nominal power of all gen-sets within the group that are connected to the bus and are performing the power management, i.e. that are in AUT mode and have power management enabled.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Avail Nom Pwr
Power management kW
MINT
Sum of nominal load of all active gen-sets within the group.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Priority
Power management
-
MINT
This value shows the current priority number. If the binary input Top Priority
is active, the priority number will be 0, otherwise the value will correspond to
. See the chapter Power management for details.
Group
Value: Act Pwr Band
Power management
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
-
MINT
The values show which gen-sets (controller CAN addresses) are running in current active power band.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 234
Group
Value: Next Pwr Band
Power management
Range [units]
Related applications
Description
-
MINT
The values show which gen-sets (controller CAN addresses) will run if the load demand rose above the upper limit of the current power band.
16.2.6 Group: Controller I/O
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Battery Volts
Controller I/O
V
All
Controller supply voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: D+
Controller I/O
V
All
D+ terminal voltage.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Analog Input 1
Controller I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 1 of the controller. It will contain an
invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Analog Input 2
Controller I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 2 of the controller. It will contain an
invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 235
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Analog Input 3
Controller I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 3 of the controller. It will contain an
invalid flag if the input is not used or sensor fail is detected on it.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bin Inputs
Controller I/O
-
All
This is a bit array containing the status of the physical binary inputs of the controller. Bit0 represents BI1, bit1 represents BI2, etc.
N OTE :
In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. BI1 in the leftmost position
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Bin Outputs
Controller I/O
-
All
This is a bit array containing the status of the physical binary outputs of the controller. Bit0 represents BO1, bit1 represents BO2, etc.
N OTE :
In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. BO1 in the leftmost position.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Speed Gov Out
Controller I/O
V
All
This is the actual voltage on the speed governor output of the controller. In
the event that the output is switched to PWM mode, the relation is
10V ~ 100% PWM.
Group
Units
Value: AVRi Output
Controller I/O
%
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 236
Related applications
Description
All
This is the actual PWM percentage on the AVRi output of the controller.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: GSM SignalLvl
Controller I/O
%
All
IL-NT-GPRS module shows the strength of the GSM signal. It is a relative
value helping to find the best signal and for troubleshooting cases.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: GSM ErrorRate
Controller I/O
-
All
IL-NT-GPRS module shows this information for relative evaluation of signal
quality. The lower value, the higher the signal quality.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: GSM Diag Code
Controller I/O
-
All
Code
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
8
9
10
11
12
13
Diagnostic code for the IL-NT-GPRS modem. Standard GSM modems usually
support this value as well. Helps in troubleshooting.
T ABLE OF D IAGNOSTIC C ODES
Description
OK. No error.
Not possible to hang up.
IL-NT-base is switched off
IL-NT-GPRS is switched on
IL-NT-GPRS – error in initialization
IL-NT-GPRS – not possible to set the APN
IL-NT-GPRS – not possible to connect to GPRS network
IL-NT-GPRS
– not possible to retrieve IP address
IL-NT-GPRS – not accepted DNS IP address
Error in modem detection
Error in initialization of analog modem
SIM card is locked (Possibly PIN code required, PIN needs to be deactivated) or unknown status of SIM locking
No GSM signal
Not possible to read the SIM card parameters
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 237
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
255
GSM modem did not accept particular initialization command, possibly caused by locked SIM card
Unknown modem
Bad answer to complement initialization string
Not possible to read GSM signal strength
CDMA modem not detected
No CDMA network
Unsuccessful registration to CDMA network
Only running communication is needed to indicate
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: AirGate Diag
Controller I/O
-
All
Diagnostic code for AirGate connection. Helps in troubleshooting.
T ABLE OF D IAGNOSTIC C ODES :
Code
1
2
3
4
5
Description
Controller registered, waiting for authorization
Not possible to register, controller blacklisted
Not possible to register, server has no more capacity
Not possible to register, other reason
Controller registered and authorized
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: AirGate ID
Controller I/O
-
All
Identification name generated by AirGate server for the purpose of
establishing communication via WebSupervisor ,
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Modem Status
Controller I/O
-
All
Status of the modem.
“--------“ After controller initialization
“Trying” Modem active. Trying to establish connection.
“Ready” Modem ready. Communication with modem is OK.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 238
16.2.7 Group: Extension I/O
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM AI1
Extension I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 1 of the IOM/PTM extension module. It
will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is
detected on it.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM AI2
Extension I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 2 of the IOM/PTM extension module. It
will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is
detected on it.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM AI3
Extension I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 3 of the IOM/PTM extension module. It
will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is
detected on it.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM AI4
Extension I/O configurable
All
This is the value of the analog input 4 of the IOM/PTM extension module. It
will contain an invalid flag if the input or module is not used or sensor fail is
detected on it.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 239
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM Bin Inp
Extension I/O
-
All
This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary inputs of the
IOM/PTM extension module. Bit0 represents BI1, bit1 represents BI2, etc.
N OTE :
In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. BI1 in the leftmost position.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: ExtM Bin Inp
Extension I/O
-
All
This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary inputs of the extension plugin module. Bit0 represents ExM BI1, bit1 represents ExM BI2, etc.
N OTE :
In the LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. ExM BI1 in the leftmost position.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: RA Bin Out
Extension I/O
-
All
LED.
N OTE :
In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. bit0 in the leftmost position.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 240
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: IOM Bin Out
Extension I/O
-
All
This is a bit array containing the status of physical binary outputs of the
IOM/PTM module. Bit0 represents BO1, bit1 represents BO2, etc.
N OTE :
In LiteEdit and on the controller screen this value is displayed in
“normal order ”, i.e. BO1 in the leftmost position.
16.2.8 Group: Statistics
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Energy kWh
Statistics kWh
All
Active energy counter.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Energy kVArh
Statistics kVArh
All
Reactive energy counter.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Run Hours
Statistics h
All
Engine operation hours counter. If an ECU is configured and it provides engine hours value, the value is taken from the ECU. If the value is not available from the ECU or if an ECU is not configured, the engine hours are incremented in the controller while the engine is running.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 241
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Num Starts
Statistics
-
All
Engine start commands counter. The counter is increased by 1 even if the particular start command will take more than one attempt.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Maintenance
Statistics h
All
Countdown until next maintenance. Initial value can be set in Engine Protect
– WrnMaintenace.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Num E-Stops
Statistics
-
All
Emergency stop alarms counter.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Shutdowns
Statistics
-
All
Shutdown alarms counter. This counter counts all occurrences of a shutdown alarm, not only real shutdowns of the gen-set, i.e. the counter is increased by 2 if two shutdown alarms appear simultaneously.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 242
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: TotFuelConsum
Statistics
L
All
Value containing total amount of consumed fuel by engine. The controller automatically updates this value every 30 s. The controller can calculate it in three ways:
- Direct reading from ECU
- Calculation based on actual fuel consumption reading from ECU
- Calculation from fuel level drop in tank (using Fuel Level AI +
N OTE :
The accuracy of Total Fuel Consumption depends on the precision of ECU
values or precision of FuelTankVolume and fuel level sensor.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: PerTotFuelCons
Statistics
L
All
Value of Period Fuel Consumption is calculated from the Total Fuel
. It can be reset by the PerFuelConsRes binary input.
16.2.9 Group: Date/Time
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Time
Info hh:mm:ss
All
Shows setup time.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Date
Info dd.mm.yyyy
All
Shows setup date.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 243
16.2.10 Group: Info
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Engine State
Info
-
All
The value contains the numeric code of the “engine state” message which is
shown on the main screen of the controller.
The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit . Open
any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Breaker State
Info
-
All
The value contains the numeric code of the “breaker state” message which
is shown on the main screen of the controller.
The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit . Open
any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Timer Text
Info
-
All
The value contains the numeric code of the “Current process timer” text
which is shown on the main screen of the controller.
The assignment of texts to the codes can be obtained using LiteEdit . Open
any connection (also offline with a previously saved archive) and go to the menu Controller -> Generate CFG image. The resulting file will contain the assignment of texts to the codes.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 244
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: Timer Value
Info s
All
The value contains the "Current process timer" value which is shown on the
main screen of the controller.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: FW Version
Info
-
All
Major and minor firmware version number. This value does not contain the release version number.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: FW Branch
Info
-
All
Firmware branch code. Contains 1 in the case of standard branches.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: PasswordDecode
Info
-
All
This value contains a number which can be used for retrieving a lost password. Send this number together with the controller serial number to your distributor if you have lost your password.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: CAN16
Info
-
MINT
Each bit of this value shows if a controller with the corresponding address is found on the bus. Bit 0 represents address 1 etc.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 245
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: CAN32
Info
-
MINT
Each bit of this value shows if a controller with the corresponding address is found on the bus. Bit 0 represents address 16 etc.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: GensLoaded16
Info
-
MINT
Each bit if set represents gen-set with its GCB closed.
Group
Units
Related applications
Description
Value: GensLoaded32
Info
-
MINT
Each bit if set represents gen-set with its GCB closed.
16.3 Table of binary input functions
16.3.1 Common functions
Binary input: GCB Feedback
All Related applications
Description This is an input from the generator circuit breaker or contactor auxiliary contact. If the input is active, the controller will consider the GCB as closed
and vice versa. If the GCB is not in the expected position, the alarm GCB
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 246
Binary input: MCB Feedback
All Related applications
Description This is an input from the Mains circuit breaker or contactor auxiliary contact.
If the input is active, the controller will consider the MCB as closed and vice versa. According to the MCB position the controller differentiates between
Parallel to Mains operation and Island operation .
SPtM, MainsCompact: If the MCB is not in the expected position, the alarm
Binary input: Emergency Stop
All Related applications
Description
This input will activate the built-in Emergency Stop alarm. It is recommended
to use the “NC” button for this input because of safety reasons.
C AUTION !
This is a software function only. See the chapter Emergency stop in the
Installation section of this manual if a “hard-wired” emergency stop function is needed.
Binary input: Sd Override
All Related applications
Description If this input is active, all red alarms except emergency stop and overspeed are suppressed. The suppressed alarms will be displayed in the alarmlist, but they will not take effect regarding the gen-set control.
N OTE :
This input is designed to be used only while the gen-set is supplying pumps for automatic fire-extinguishing devices (sprinklers) or in other situations, where providing power is more important than protecting the gen-set.
C AUTION !
Misuse of this input can cause damage to the gen-set!
Binary input: Access Lock
All Related applications
Description If this input is active, then change of all setpoints and controller mode is disabled, even if the password is entered.
N OTE :
Active access lock is indicated by an “L” letter in the upper right corner of the controller main screen.
N OTE :
This input does not disable remote changes of setpoints i.e. from LiteEdit .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 247
Binary input: Remote OFF
All Related applications
Description This input switches the controller into OFF mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. Learn
more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter.
If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time, the highest priority has Remote OFF, then Remote TEST, Remote MAN and Remote
AUT.
Binary input: Remote MAN
All Related applications
Description This input switches the controller into MAN mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. Learn
more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter.
If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time, the highest priority is held by Remote OFF, then Remote TEST, Remote MAN and
Remote AUT.
Binary input: Remote AUT
All Related applications
Description This input switches the controller into AUT mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. Learn
more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter.
If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time, the highest priority is held by Remote OFF, then Remote TEST, Remote MAN and
Remote AUT.
Binary input: RemControlLock
All Related applications
Description If the input is active, the controller will not accept any actions regarding the gen-set control – e.g. writing of commands and setpoint changes – from
remote communication interfaces (RS232, Modem, Modbus, iG-IB, i-LB).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 248
Related applications
Description
Binary input: Emergency MAN
All
This input is designed to allow the gen-set to be controlled externally, not by the controller. This feature can be useful in case of testing the gen-set or in case of some failure, which disables the gen-set to be controlled by the controller, but the gen-set itself is operational.
The controller behaves in the following way:
Shows the text EmergMan in the engine status on the main screen.
Stops all functions regarding the gen-set control, deactivates all outputs related to it.
Stop Fail alarm is not being evaluated and stop solenoid is not
activated if nonzero speed is detected.
When the input is deactivated, the controller takes control over the gen-set according to the situation the gen-set was in the moment of deactivation, i.e. the gen-set remains running loaded if it was running and GCB was closed in the moment the input was deactivated.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: Start Button
All
This input is to be used as an external start button for control of the gen-set in manual mode. It works the same way as the start button on the panel.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: Stop Button
All
This input is to be used as an external stop button for control of the gen-set in manual mode. It works the same way as the stop button on the panel.
N OTE :
For safety reasons it is recommended to configure this input as NC input and use a NC button.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: FaultResButton
All
This input is to be used as an external fault reset button. It works the same way as the fault reset button on the panel.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: HornResButton
All
This input is to be used as an external horn reset button. It works the same way as the horn reset button on the panel.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 249
Related applications
Description
Binary input: GCB Button
All
This input is to be used as an external GCB button for control of the gen-set in manual mode. It works the same way as the GCB button on the panel.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: ForwSyncDisabl
All
If the input is active, the controller will not continue to synchronize after Min
Stab Time elapsed even in AUT mode. If an island condition occurs (mains
fails), the gen-set will take the island load.
Related applications
Description
Binary input: NeutralCB fdb
All
Use this input to detect whether the Neutral circuit breaker is open or closed.
See also setpoint #Neutral cont
and binary output Neutral CB C/O .
Related applications
Description
Binary input: PerFuelConsRes
All
If the input is active, the controller will not continue to synchronize after Min
Stab Time even in AUT mode. If an island condition occurs (mains fails), the
gen-set will take the island load.
16.3.2 MINT specific
Binary input: Sys Start/Stop
MINT Related applications
Description
This input activates the power management in the controller. If this input is
not active, the gen-set is stopped in AUT mode and does not take part within the power management of the group.
N
OTE
:
In most cases this input is wired parallel into all controllers within the group to activate and deactivate the whole group. If you want to deactivate one particular gen-set, switch it out from AUT mode.
N OTE :
If the power management is disabled by the Pwr Management setpoint, the
gen-set is started and stopped only according to this input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 250
Binary input: Load Reserve 2
MINT Related applications
Description This input selects the currently used pair of reserves for the power
management. If the input is active, the pair LoadResStrt 2 and LoadResStop
is active instead of LoadResStrt 1
Binary input: Min Run Power
MINT Related applications
Description Use this input if you need to ensure that the nominal power of loaded gen-
sets does not drop below the value of Min Run Power even if the reserve for
stop is fulfilled.
Binary input: Top Priority
MINT Related applications
Description If this input is active, the controller will have the highest priority in the group independent of the setpoint Priority
. Setpoint is evaluated only in Load
16.3.3 SPtM specific
Binary input: Rem Start/Stop
SPtM Related applications
Description
and stop the gen-set in AUT mode.
Binary input: Remote TEST
SPtM Related applications
Description This input switches the controller into TEST mode independent of which mode is selected by the mode selector on the controller main screen. Learn
more about controller modes in the Operating modes chapter.
If multiple “remote mode” inputs are active at the same time, the highest priority is held by Remote OFF, then Remote TEST, Remote MAN and
Remote AUT.
Binary input: Rem TEST OnLd
SPtM Related applications
Description
This input switches the controller into TEST mode like Remote TEST , but
forces the controller to take the load, i.e. perform the test on load procedure.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 251
Binary input: RevSyncDisable
SPtM Related applications
Description
Binary input: MCB Button
SPtM Related applications
Description This input is to be used as an external MCB button for control of the breaker in manual mode. It works the same way as the MCB button on the panel.
Binary input: Ext MF Relay
SPtM Related applications
Description This input can be used for connecting an external mains protection relay. If the input is activated, the controller will consider the mains to have failed and will perform all appropriate actions.
Binary input: MainsFailBlock
SPtM Related applications
Description If the input is active, the gen-set will not start after the mains fail although the controller is in AUT mode. If the gen-set is already running and the input has been activated, the timer ReturtnDel starts to count then the GCB is opened, gen-set goes to cooling procedure and stops The input simulates healthy mains.
N OTE :
T HE MCB WILL CLOSE WHILE THE GCB IS OPENING !
16.4 Table of binary output functions
16.4.1 Common functions
Binary output: Starter
All Related applications
Description This output is dedicated for starter motor control.
N OTE :
Learn more about starting procedure in the chapter Engine start .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 252
Binary output: Battery B
All Related applications
Description This output should be used in case that two batteries for starting are used.
Batter B output switches between two alternative sources of power, battery A and battery B. Battery B output is opened for the first cranking cycle which is designated for Battery A and closes for the second cranking cycle which is designated for Battery B (in case that two batteries for cranking are used).
Starter
(=Cranking)
1st attempt Crank pause 2nd attempt
Battery A in use Battery B in use
Battery B
Binary output: Fuel Solenoid
All Related applications
Description This output is dedicated to controlling the fuel solenoid (valve). The output is
closed 0.5 before Starter and remains closed all the time the gen-set shall
run.
N OTE :
Learn more about starting procedure in the chapter Engine start .
Binary output: Stop Solenoid
All Related applications
Description This output is dedicated to control the stop solenoid (valve). The output is closed in the moment when the gen-set shall stop and remains active until
the gen-set is stopped, but at least for time period of Stop Time . If the Stop
time has elapsed and the engine is still not stopped, the stop solenoid is deenergized for 5 and then energized again for max. Stop time and this repeats until the engine is stopped.
N OTE :
Learn more about evaluation of stopped engine in the chapter Stopped genset evaluation .
Binary output: Stop Pulse
All Related applications
Description This output will give a 1 pulse whenever a stop command is issued to the
gen-set, i.e. when the binary output Stop Solenoid is activated.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 253
Binary output: Ignition
All Related applications
Description This output is dedicated to controlling the ignition at a gas engine. The
output is closed together with Fuel Solenoid in the moment the gen-set
reaches 30RPM during cranking. The output is opened when the gen-set has stopped.
Binary output: Prestart
All Related applications
Description This output can be used for control of any device, which has to be activated just before start, i.e. glow plugs. The output is closed for time period of
Prestart Time prior to activation of the starter motor and remains closed
during cranking and also during pause between cranking attempts.
Binary output: Cooling Pump
All Related applications
Description This output is dedicated for coolant pump control. It is closed in the moment the gen-set is started and remains closed until the gen-set is stopped.
Binary output: Idle/Nominal
All Related applications
Description This output is used for switching between idle speed and nominal speed of
the engine during the startup phase , if this feature (input) is available on the
particular engine. In the case of some EFI engines, the idle/nominal switching is performed over the communication bus.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Alarm
All
The output is designed to be used as external alarm indication such as a red bulb in the control room etc. The output is active when at least one
unconfirmed alarm is present in the alarmlist.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 254
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Horn
All
The output designed to be used for acoustic indication of a newly appeared alarm. The output is activated each time a new alarm has appeared and remains active until one of the following events occurs:
Fault reset is pressed
Horn reset is pressed
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Fault Reset
All
The output is a copy of Fault Reset button on controller and binary input
Related applications
Description
Binary output: GCB Close/Open
All
This output is to be used for a contactor control in case a contactor is used
in the GCB position. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all
outputs available for generator/mains power switches.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: GCB ON Coil
All
This output is to be used for control of the ON coil of the generator circuit
breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs
available for generator/mains power switches.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: GCB OFF Coil
All
This output is to be used for control of the OFF coil of the generator circuit
breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs
available for generator/mains power switches.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: GCB UV Coil
All
This output is to be used for opening the generator circuit breaker via the
undervoltage coil. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all
outputs available for generator/mains power switches.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 255
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Speed Up
All
This output together with the complementary output Speed Down is
designed for speed and power control at gen-sets, where the governor does not support analog control. The outputs are also used for direct control of a gas throttle at asynchronous gen-sets.
N OTE :
Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power control through a governor.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Speed Down
All
This output together with the complementary output Speed Up is designed
for speed and power control at gen-sets, where the governor does not support analog control. The outputs are also used for direct control of a gas throttle at asynchronous gen-sets.
N OTE :
Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power control through a governor.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AVR Up
All
This output together with the complementary output AVR Down is designed
for voltage and power factor control at gen-sets, where the AVR does not support analog control.
N OTE :
Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power factor control.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AVR Down
All
This output together with the complementary output AVR Up is designed for
voltage and power factor control at gen-sets, where the AVR does not support analog control.
N OTE :
Droop function is required when these outputs are used for power factor control.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 256
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Ready To Load
All
The output is closed whenever the GCB is closed or can be closed. Details about conditions when the GCB can be closed are available in the chapter
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Synchronizing
All
The output is closed during forward or reverse synchronizing.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Running
All
The output is designed to be used as an indication that the gen-set is running. It is activated at the moment the gen-set has been started and the idle period has elapsed. It remains active until stop command is issued.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Loaded
All
The output is closed whenever the GCB is closed except the unloading phase prior to opening the GCB.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Unloading
All
The output is closed during the unloading phase (ramping the power down) prior to opening the GCB. More detailed description is available in the
chapter Parallel to mains operation .
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AnalogSwitch 1
All
This is an output from the Analog switch 1 .
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AnalogSwitch 2
All
This is an output from the Analog switch 2 .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 257
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AnalogSwitch 3
All
This is an output from the Analog switch 3 .
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Ctrl HeartBeat
All
This output toggles on/off in a period of 500 ms whenever the controller is switched on and functional.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Gen Healthy
All
This output is active when the generator voltage and frequency is within limits. It is deactivated:
immediately when the voltage/frequency gets out of limits (when
GCB is not closed) or
with an appropriate delay after the voltage/frequency has got out of limits (when GCB is closed)
The limits for under/overvoltage, under/overfrequency and voltage
unbalance as well as appropriate delays can be found in the Gener protect
setpoint group.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Yellow Alarm
All
Yellow Alarm is active when AL Common Wrn is active.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Red Alarm
All
Red Alarm is active when either AL Common Sd or AL Common Stp or AL
Common BOC is active.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Mode OFF
All
This output is active whenever the controller is in OFF mode.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 258
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Mode MAN
All
This output is active whenever the controller is in MAN mode.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Mode AUT
All
This output is active whenever the controller is in AUT mode.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Exerc Timer 1
All
This is an output from the Exercise timer 1 . This output makes it easy to
make periodic tests of the gen-set and its activation depends on the
setpoints in the Date/time group.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Exerc Timer 2
All
This is an output from the Exercise timer 2 . Its behaviour depends on
group.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Power Switch
All
This is an output from the Power switch function.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Neutral CB C/O
All
Neutral Circuit Breaker Close/Open output controls the generator Neutral circuit breaker. It is intended for contactors – provides a continual active
signal if Neutral CB should be closed. See also setpoint #Neutral cont .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 259
Related applications
Description
Binary output: Breaker Trip
All
The output is designed for auxiliary breaker tripping.
The output closes if:
- a fast opening of the GCB occurs due to any error (overcurrent, short current etc.)
- any BOC or SD alarm appears or Emergency Stop is active
It opens if:
- No BOC and SD alarms are active and
- FAULT RESET is pressed
Related applications
Description
Binary output: kWh pulse
All
This output generates a 100 ms pulse whenever the internal kWh counter is incremented.
16.4.2 ECU info
Binary output: ECU Comm OK
All Related applications
Description This output is active when an ECU is configured, connected and the communication with the ECU is established.
Binary output: ECU Comm Error
All Related applications
Description This output is active when an ECU is configured, but the communication with the ECU is not established or has dropped out.
Binary output: ECU YellowLamp
All Related applications
Description This output is active when the ECU sends an active “yellow lamp” flag, i.e. it has detected a non-critical malfunction. This flag is taken from the DM1 frame on standard J1939 ECUs. Some ECUs provide this flag in their own proprietary frames and some do not provide the flag at all.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 260
Binary output: ECU RedLamp
All Related applications
Description This output is active when the ECU sends an active “red lamp” flag, i.e. it has detected a critical malfunction and the engine should not be operated until a service check is performed. This flag is taken from the DM1 frame on standard J1939 ECUs. Some ECUs provide this flag in their own proprietary frames and some do not provide the flag at all.
Binary output: ECU PowerRelay
All Related applications
Description This output is to be used for control of “keyswitch” input of an ECU. If the particular ECU does not have keyswitch or a similar input, it can be used for control of DC power for the ECU.
The output closes together with Prestart and remains closed for the entire
duration that the engine is running. It is opened at the moment that the
engine comes to a stop (i.e. together with the Fuel Solenoid ).
See the picture below for futher detail on how Wrn Ecu Comm is evaluated.
Binary Outputs
ECU Power Relay
On
ECU Power Relay
Off
Starter
On
Starter
Off
Prestart
On
Prestart
Off
Maximum Cranking Time Cranking Fail Pause
Wrn ECU Comm
Evaluated
Engine RPM
Prestart Time Cranking Fail Pause Engine is running
Start Starting RPM Time
ECU COMMUNICATION ERROR EVALUATION
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 261
16.4.3 Alarm mirrors
Binary output: AL Gen Volts
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the generator under- or overvoltage alarm is
present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Gen Freq
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the generator under- or overfrequency alarm is
present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Overcurrent
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the generator overcurrent
present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Gen V,Freq
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the generator under/overvoltage ,
or voltage unbalance alarm is present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Overspeed
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the overspeed alarm is present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Underspeed
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the underspeed alarm is present in the alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Overload
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the overload alarm is present in the alarmlist.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 262
Binary output: AL Reverse Pwr
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the reverse power alarm is present in the
alarmlist.
Binary output: AL Start Fail
All Related applications
Description
This output is active when the start fail alarm is present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Stop Fail
All
This output is active when the stop fail alarm is present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Sync Fail
All
This output is active when the Sync Timeout
in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Batt Volt
All
This output is active when the Battery voltage
or Battery flat is present in the
alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Earth Fault
All
This output is active when Earth Fault Current alarm is present in alarm list
(extension module IC-NT CT-BIO7 is needed).
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI1 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 263
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI2 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI3 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI4 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI5 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 264
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI6 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI7 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI8 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: BI9 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 9 of the controller.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI1 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 265
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI2 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI3 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI4 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI5 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 266
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI6 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI7 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: IOM BI8 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the extension IOM/PTM module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 1 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 1 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 267
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 2 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 2 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 3 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 3 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 4 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 4 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 5 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 5 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 268
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 6 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 6 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 7 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 7 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: ExtBI 8 Status
All
This output gives information about the status of binary input 8 of the extension module.
If the related binary input is configured as an alarm input, the output is closed when the assigned alarm is present in the alarmlist.
If the related binary input is configured as functional, the output copies directly the status of the input.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI1 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 1 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI2 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 2 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 269
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI3 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 3 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI1 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 1 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI2 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 2 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL AI3 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 3 of the controller present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI1 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI2 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI3 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 270
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI4 Yel
All
The output is closed when there is the yellow alarm from the analog input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI1 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 1 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI2 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 2 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI3 Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 3 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL IOM AI4I Red
All
The output is closed when there is the red alarm from the analog input 4 of the extension IOM/PTM module present in the alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Common Wrn
All
The output is closed when there is any warning type alarm present in the
alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Common Sd
All
The output is closed when there is any shutdown type alarm present in the
alarmlist.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 271
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Common Stp
All
The output is closed when there is any slow stop type alarm present in the
alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Common BOC
All
The output is closed when there is any BOC type alarm present in the
alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Common Fls
All
The output is closed when there is any sensor fail alarm present in the
alarmlist.
Related applications
Description
Binary output: AL Exct Loss
All
This output gives the information about the status of the excitation loss protection. It is active when the generator Excitation Loss alarm is present in the alarm list.
16.4.4 MINT specific
Binary output: Bus Healthy
MINT Related applications
Description This output is active when the bus voltage and frequency are within limits. It is deactivated with an appropriate delay after the voltage/frequency has got out of limits. The limits for under/overvoltage and under/overfrequency as well as appropriate delays are the same as for generator voltage/frequency
and can be found in the Gener protect setpoint group.
Binary output: System Ready
MINT Related applications
Description This output is closed if the gen-set group is able to take the current load and keep the reserve greater than the currently selected reserve for start. This
is overloaded. It will open i.e. if a red alarm occurs on one gen-set and there is no other gen-set available to start instead of the stopped one.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 272
N OTE :
This output does not provide information that the reserve is already reached.
It only gives information that there is enough capacity within the gen-set group to reach the reserve.
Binary output: SystReserve OK
MINT Related applications
Description
The output is closed while the Actual Reserve is greater than the currently
selected reserve for start.
Binary output: EnginesSwapped
MINT Related applications
Description The output is activated by the master controller for 100 ms pulse when the priority of two gen-sets was swapped by the Running Hours Equalization
function (setpoint #RunHrsMaxDiff ).
16.4.5 SPtM specific
Binary output: MCB Close/Open
SPtM Related applications
Description This output is to be used for a contactor control in case a contactor is used
in the MCB position. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all
outputs available for generator/mains power switches.
Binary output: MCB ON Coil
SPtM Related applications
Description This output is to be used for control of the ON coil of the mains circuit
breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs
available for generator/mains power switches.
Binary output: MCB OFF Coil
SPtM Related applications
Description This output is to be used for control of the OFF coil of the mains circuit
breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs
available for generator/mains power switches.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 273
Binary output: MCB UV Coil
SPtM Related applications
Description This output is to be used for control of the undervoltage coil of the mains
circuit breaker. See the chapter Circuit breakers for details about all outputs
available for generator/mains power switches.
Binary output: Ready To AMF
SPtM Related applications
Description The output is closed if the gen-set is ready to start automatically and take the load if the mains fails, i.e.:
the gen-set is not running and
the controller is in AUT mode and
no red alarm is present in the alarmlist
Binary output: Mains Healthy
SPtM Related applications
Description
This output is active while mains failure is not detected, i.e. the mains are
healthy.
Binary output: Mains Fail
SPtM Related applications
Description
This output is active while mains failure is detected.
Binary output: Mode TEST
All Related applications
Description This output is active whenever the controller is in TEST mode.
16.5 Table of internal alarms
Alarm: Emergency Stop
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Emergency Stop
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 274
Description Use red emergency button placed on the switchboard door and connect it to
a binary input of the controller. Then configure the function Emergency Stop
to this binary input. It is recommended to use NC contact of the button.
The gen-set shuts down in the moment the input is activated and starting is blocked until the input is deactivated and fault reset is pressed.
N OTE :
The MCB control is not affected by this alarm.
Alarm: Engine overspeed
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Overspeed
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm occurs immediately when the engine speed has exceeded the
limit adjusted by the setpoint Overspeed Sd . There is no delay for this alarm.
See chapter Speed sensing to learn more about methods of speed
measurement.
Alarm: Engine underspeed
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Underspeed
Alarm evaluated Engine running only
Related applications
All
Description This alarm will be issued when the gen-set is running and then stops by
itself, i.e. the RPM drops under the value of setpoint Starting RPM .
The underspeed alarm starts to be evaluated 5 after successful gen-set start and is being evaluated for the entire time that the fuel solenoid is on.
Alarm: Start Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Start Fail
Alarm evaluated When the gen-set is being started
Related applications
All
Description This alarm will be issued after all attempts to start the gen-set (setpoint
) have run out but the gen-set did not start. See also Engine start chapter.
N OTE :
The gen-set cannot be started again until this alarm is reset.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 275
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 276
Alarm: Stop fail
Alarm type Shutdown
Alarmlist message
Stop fail
Alarm evaluated
While the engine shall be stopped
Related applications
All
Description This alarm occurs if the gen-set shall be stopped, but some symptom indicates that it is not stopped. The period when the gen-set shall be stopped begins after the fuel has
been switched off and time delay Stop time has elapsed and lasts for the entire time the
fuel resp. starter motor are off.
ENGINE STOP ENGINE START
STARTER
FUEL SOLENOID
Stop time Stop fail alarm is evaluated here
See the chapter Cool down and stop to learn more about symptoms that are taken into
account for the evaluation of stopped engine.
N OTE :
The gen-set cannot be started until this alarm is inactive and reset.
Alarm: RPM measurement failure
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Sd RPMMeasFail
Alarm evaluated During cranking
Related applications
All
Description
The alarm is issued if the engine speed has not exceeded the Starting RPM
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 277
Alarm: GCB Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
BOC
GCB Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm will occur when the GCB feedback input does not match the
expected position given by the GCB Close/Open output. It stays active until
the mismatch between the output and feedback persists.
If there was no command issued by the controller and the breaker
(feedback) changes suddenly the position itself, the alarm will be issued immediately.
The alarm will be also issued if the breaker does not respond to an open or close command within 2 seconds. If synchronizing is
disabled (binary input ForwSyncDisabl is active) the maximum
allowed reaction time is increased to 5.
Alarm: MCB Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
MCB Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
SPtM
Description This alarm will occur when the MCB feedback input does not match the
expected position given by the MCB Close/Open output. It stays active until
the mismatch between the output and feedback disappears.
If there was no command issued by the controller and the breaker
(feedback) changes suddenly the position itself, the alarm will be issued immediately.
Self-opening of the breaker is not considered a fault and if all mains values are within limits, the command to reclose the breaker is
issued after delay given by the setpoint MainsReturnDel has
elapsed.
The alarm will be also issued, if the breaker does not respond to the close command within 2 seconds. After this period has elapsed the output MCB Close/Open is deactivated again and the next attempt to close the breaker will occur first after the alarm is reset.
The alarm will be also issued if the breaker does not respond to the open command within 2 seconds. The output MCB Close/Open will stay deactivated. Closing of GCB is blocked until this alarm becomes inactive.
If reverse synchronizing is disabled (binary input RevSyncDisable is
active) the maximal allowed reaction time is increased to 5.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 278
Alarm: Forward synchronization timeout
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
Sync Timeout
Alarm evaluated During GCB synchronization only
Related applications
All
Description If the synchronization of GCB (forward synchronization) is not successful
within a time period adjusted by the setpoint Sync Timeout , this alarm will be
issued, the gen-set will be cooled down and stopped.
Alarm: Reverse synchronization timeout
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
RevSyncTimeout
Alarm evaluated During MCB synchronization only
Related applications
SPtM
Description If the synchronization of MCB (reverse synchronization) is not successful
within a time period adjusted by the setpoint Sync Timeout , this alarm will be
issued and the gen-set will remain in island operation. A new attempt of reverse synchronization can be initiated as soon as the alarm is reset.
Alarm: Generator overload
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC Overload
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description The behaviour of the overload alarm is adjusted by the following setpoints:
Overload BOC adjusts the overload limit.
Overload Del adjusts the delay.
The alarm is issued when the gen-set power is over the limit for time period longer than the delay.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 279
Alarm: Generator reverse power
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC ReversePwr
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm protects the gen-set running parallel to mains or other gen-sets against the situation, when the engine loses power and becomes to be driven by the generator acting as an electric motor supplied from the mains or other gen-sets.
The following setpoints are related to this alarm:
ReversePwr BOC adjusts the negative kW limit for this alarm.
ReversePwr Del adjusts the delay.
Alarm: Generator under/overvoltage
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC Gen Lx >V, BOC Gen Lx <V
Alarm evaluated Generator excited only
Related applications
All
Description This alarm evaluates the generator phase voltage in all three phases. The following setpoints are related to it:
Gen >V Sd adjusts the overvoltage limit.
Gen <V BOC adjusts the undervoltage limit.
Gen V Del adjusts the alarm delay.
N OTE :
The generator voltage must be within limits to enable closing of GCB or starting of synchronization.
Alarm: Generator voltage unbalance
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC Volt Unbal
Alarm evaluated Generator excited only
Related applications
All
Description This alarm evaluates the unbalance of the phase voltages, i.e. difference between highest and lowest phase voltage at any given time. The following setpoints are related to it:
Volt Unbal BOC adjusts the maximum allowed difference between
the highest and lowest phase voltage at any given time.
Volt Unbal Del adjusts the alarm delay.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 280
Alarm: Generator under/overfrequency
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC Gen >Freq, BOC Gen <Freq
Alarm evaluated Generator excited only
Related applications
All
Description This alarm evaluates the generator frequency in the phase L3. The following setpoints are related to it:
Gen >Freq BOC adjusts the overfrequency limit.
Gen <Freq BOC adjusts the underfrequency limit.
Gen Freq Del adjusts the alarm delay.
N OTE :
The generator voltage must be within limits to enable closing of GCB or starting of synchronization.
Alarm: Generator IDMT overcurrent
Alarm type Breaker open & cool down
Alarmlist message BOC Overcurrnt
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description The overcurrent alarm is based on IDMT principle. The reaction time of an
IDMT alarm is not fixed, but depends on how much is the protected value
(generator current in this case) above the limit (nominal current). The higher is the overcurrent, the shorter the reaction time will be. All generator phases are evaluated.
The behaviour of the overcurrent alarm is adjusted by the following setpoint:
Amps IDMT Del which defines the reaction time of the protection
when the current is twice the amount of nominal value.
The nominal current level, where the alarm starts to be evaluated, is given
by Nomin Current . The reaction time is infinite at this point.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 281
Multiple of base
Reaction time level
∞
50,0
25,0
16,7
12,5
10,0
8,3
7,1
6,3
5,6
5,0
4,5
4,2
3,8
3,6
3,3
3,1
2,9
2,8
2,6
2,5
1,0
1,4
1,5
1,6
1,7
1,1
1,2
1,3
1,8
1,9
2,0
2,1
2,2
2,3
2,4
2,5
2,6
2,7
2,8
2,9
3,0
2Nom delay setpoint: 5 s
60,0
50,0
40,0
30,0
20,0
10,0
0,0
1,0
REACTION TIME =
IDMT reaction time
2NOM_DEL * BASE
ACTUAL - BASE
1,5 2,0
Multiple of base level
2,5
IDMT reaction time example (2Nom delay adjusted to 5 )
3,0
Alarm: Generator short current
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC ShortCrct
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This is a fast overcurrent protection. The following setpoints are related to this alarm:
Short Crct BOC adjusts the short current limit.
Short Crct Del adjusts the delay in fine steps.
Alarm: Generator current unbalance
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC Amps Unbal
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm evaluates the unbalance of the phase currents, i.e. the difference between highest and lowest phase current at any given time. The following setpoints are related to it:
Amps Unbal BOC adjusts the maximum allowed difference between
the highest and lowest phase current at any given time.
Amps Unbal Del adjusts the alarm delay.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 282
Alarm: Phase sequence
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Gen CCW Rot, Mains CCW Rot
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description The controller detects phase sequence on both generator and mains/bus voltage terminals. These protections are important after controller installation to avoid wrong voltage phase connection. There is a fixed defined phase sequence in InteliCompact NT controller: L1, L2 and L3. When the phases are connected in a different order (e.g. L1, L3, L2 or L2, L1, L3) alarms are detected. These alarms prevent circuit breaker closing.
Alarm: Maintenance timer
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
WrnMaintenance
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description
Adjust the setpoint WrnMaintenance to the interval of the next maintenance
check. The value of the setpoint will count down while the engine is running and if reaches zero, this alarm will be issued. It will continue to count down to negative values and the alarm message will remain in the alarm list (even if the controller is switched off and on again) until the setpoint is re-adjusted to a positive value.
Alarm: Charging alternator fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn ChrgAltFail
Alarm evaluated Engine running only
Related applications
All
Description This alarm is issued if the engine is running and the voltage on the D+ terminal is lower than 80% of the controller supply voltage. This alarm works similar to the red “battery” alarm indicator on a vehicle dashboard.
The setpoint D+ Function has to be in CHRGFAIL or ENABLED position to
enable this alarm.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 283
Alarm: Battery voltage
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn Batt Volt
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm informs the operator that the controller supply voltage is too low or too high. The following setpoints are related to it:
Batt Undervolt adjusts the low voltage limit.
Batt Overvolt adjusts the high voltage limit.
Batt Volt Del adjusts the alarm delay.
Alarm: Governor output at limit
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn SpdRegLim
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm will be issued if the governor output has 0V or 10V for more than
2. This situation can occur, for example, if the Speed Gov Char setpoint is in
the wrong position or if the connection of the governor output to the governor
is not correct.
Alarm: AVR output at limit
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn AVRregLim
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm will be issued if the governor output has 0% or 100% for more
Alarm: Battery flat
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd BatteryFlat
Alarm evaluated During cranking
Related applications
All
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 284
Description This alarm will be issued if the controller was reset during cranking of the gen-set. If this situation occurs, the controller supposes the starting battery is so exhausted that its voltage drops so low when starter motor is energized that it causes controller reset.
Alarm: Low BackupBatt
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
LowBackupBatt
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description
This alarm indicates that the internal backup battery needs to be replaced.
Alarm: Low Fuel Level 1
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn Fuel Level
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the fuel level is lower than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Fuel Level).
Alarm: Low Fuel Level 2
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
Stp Fuel Level
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the fuel level is lower than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Fuel Level).
Alarm: High Water Temperature 1
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn Water Temp
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the water temperature is higher than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Water Temp).
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 285
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 286
Alarm: High Water Temperature 2
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Water Temp
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the water temperature is higher than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Water Temp).
Alarm: Low Oil Pressure 1
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn Oil Press
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the oil pressure is lower than the set yellow alarm of relevant AI (Oil Press).
Alarm: Low Oil Pressure 2
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Oil Press
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm indicates that the oil pressure is lower than the set red alarm of relevant AI (Oil Press).
Alarm: Engine Stop Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning/Shutdown
Sd Stop Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description Engine stop fail indication. Stop fail means that the engine does not reach
“still engine” state within Engine params: Stop time.
N OTE :
“Still engine” conditions:
– Engine speed (RPM) = 0 and
– AI: Oil press < Starting POil and
– D+ terminal is not active and
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 287
– BI: RunIndication 1 and 2 and 3 are not active and
– Generator voltage < 15 V (in all phases) and
– Generator frequency = 0 Hz
If all these conditions are fulfilled, additional 2 delays are used to confirm
“still engine” state.
Alarm: Bus power loss sensing
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Bus Measure Error
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
MINT
Description The “Bus Measure Error” is detected in MINT application when the voltage on the controller’s bus terminals is out of limits 20 after: a) GCB (own) was closed in MAN or AUT mode b) MCB (feedback) was closed in AUT mode c) Any other GCB in power management group (on CAN bus) was closed.
The alarm is activated after 20 s. However, the GCB (own) closing is blocked immediately for safety reasons.
This protection can avoid e.g. potential direct closing of GCB while the controller’s bus conductors are unintentionally unplugged from the terminals.
Alarm: NCB fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC NCB fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description Neutral Circuit Breaker (NCB) Failure was detected.
a) Wrong connection between breaker feedback signals and controller binary input.
b) Wrong breaker signal logic or breaker signal feedback signal logic.
Alarm: Fuel Theft
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn FuelTheft
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm occurs when the fuel level value measured at relevant AI (Fuel
Level) drops faster than is the limit adjusted by setpoint MaxFuelDrop .
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 288
Alarm: Earth Fault Current
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
SdEarthFltCurr
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description
This alarm indicates that the value of earth current EarthFaultCurr is higher
than the setpoint EarthFault Sd and EarthFaulth Del
delay has elapsed. The
alarm activates binary output AL Earth Fault .
Alarm: Excitation Lost
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Breaker open & cool down
BOC ExctLoss
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description Loss of excitation is based on measurement of negative kVAr. This alarm indicates that the value of negative kVAr is higher than the setpoint
delay has elapsed. This alarm activates AL
Alarm: Override
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd Override
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description
This alarm occurs when binary input Sd Override
is activated.
Alarm: IOM Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Shutdown
Sd IOM Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description
Communication error between the controller and extension module IG-IOM
or IGS-PTM.
Alarm type
Alarm: RA Fail
Warning
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 289
Alarmlist message
Description
Wrn RA Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Communication error between the controller and extension module IGL-
RA15.
Alarm: Bad Power Configuration
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn BadPwrCfg
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
MINT
Description This alarm occurs when at least two or more controllers in MINT have a different power decimals setting.
Alarm: ECU Alarm
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn ECU Alarm
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
Description This alarm occurs when an error is logged in ECU Alarm List.
Alarm: ECU Communication
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
Wrn ECU Comm
Alarm evaluated All the time
All Related applications
Description This alarm occurs when an ECU is configured, but the communication with the ECU is not established or has dropped out.
Alarm: Active Call Fail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Warning
ActiveCallCH1Fail, CH2Fail, CH3Fail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
All
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 290
Description Indication of unsuccessful active call 1-3. See Inteli Communication Guide
for information about active calls and SMS/E-mail group of setpoints for
setting.
Alarm: WrnTstOnLdFail
Alarm type
Alarmlist message
Description
Warning
WrnTstOnLdFail
Alarm evaluated All the time
Related applications
SPtM
The alarm occurs if there is a non-zero mains current if the Load Ramp time
elapsed during unloading.
InteliCompact NT , SW version 2.1
InteliCompact-NT-2.1-Reference Guide.pdf, ©ComAp – May 2015 291
Advertisement
